xref: /freebsd/contrib/sendmail/RELEASE_NOTES (revision 4f29da19bd44f0e99f021510460a81bf754c21d2)
1			SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES
2      $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1765 2006/03/08 02:15:03 ca Exp $
3
4
5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7summary of the changes in that release.
8
98.13.6/8.13.6	2006/03/22
10	SECURITY: Replace unsafe use of setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in the server
11		and client side of sendmail with timeouts in the libsm I/O
12		layer and fix problems in that code.  Also fix handling of
13		a buffer in sm_syslog() which could have been used as an
14		attack vector to exploit the unsafe handling of
15		setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in combination with signals.
16		Problem detected by Mark Dowd of ISS X-Force.
17	Handle theoretical integer overflows that could triggered if
18		the server accepted headers larger than the maximum
19		(signed) integer value.  This is prevented in the default
20		configuration by restricting the size of a header, and on
21		most machines memory allocations would fail before reaching
22		those values.  Problems found by Phil Brass of ISS.
23	If a server returns 421 for an RSET command when trying to start
24		another transaction in a session while sending mail, do
25		not trigger an internal consistency check.  Problem found
26		by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
27	If a server returns a 5xy error code (other than 501) in response
28		to a STARTTLS command despite the fact that it advertised
29		STARTTLS and that the code is not valid according to RFC
30		2487 treat it nevertheless as a permanent failure instead
31		of a protocol error (which has been changed to a
32		temporary error in 8.13.5).  Problem reported by Jeff
33		A. Earickson of Colby College.
34	Clear SMTP state after a HELO/EHLO command.  Patch from John
35		Myers of Proofpoint.
36	Observe MinQueueAge option when gathering entries from the queue
37		for sorting etc instead of waiting until the entries are
38		processed.  Patch from Brian Fundakowski Feldman.
39	Set up TLS session cache to properly handle clients that try to
40		resume a stored TLS session.
41	Properly count the number of (direct) child processes such that
42		a configured value (MaxDaemonChildren) is not exceeded.
43		Based on patch from Attila Bruncsak.
44	LIBMILTER: Remove superfluous backslash in macro definition
45		(libmilter.h).  Based on patch from Mike Kupfer of
46		Sun Microsystems.
47	LIBMILTER: Don't try to set SO_REUSEADDR on UNIX domain sockets.
48		This generates an error message from libmilter on
49		Solaris, though other systems appear to just discard the
50		request silently.
51	LIBMILTER: Deal with sigwait(2) implementations that return
52		-1 and set errno instead of returning an error code
53		directly.  Patch from Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations
54		Services.
55	Portability:
56		Fix compilation checks for closefrom(3) and statvfs(2)
57		in NetBSD.  Problem noted by S. Moonesamy, patch from
58		Andrew Brown.
59
608.13.5/8.13.5	2005/09/16
61	Store the filesystem identifier of the df/ subdirectory (if it
62		exists) in an internal structure instead of the base
63		directory.  This structure is used decide whether there
64		is enough free disk space when selecting a queue, hence
65		without this change queue selection could fail if a df/
66		subdirectory exists and is on a different filesystem
67		than the base directory.
68	Use the queue index of the df file (instead of the qf file) for
69		checking whether a link(2) operation can be used to split
70		an envelope across queue groups.  Problem found by
71		Werner Wiethege.
72	If the list of items in the queue is larger than the maximum
73		number of items to process, sort the queue first and
74		then cut the list off instead of the other way around.
75		Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
76	Fix helpfile to show full entry for ETRN.  Problem noted by
77		Penelope Fudd, patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
78		University.
79	FallbackSmartHost should also be tried on temporary errors.
80		From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
81	When a server responds with 421 to the STARTTLS command then treat
82		it as a temporary error, not as protocol error.  Problem
83		noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
84	Properly define two functions in libsm as static because their
85		prototype used static too.  Patch from Peter Klein.
86	Fix syntax errors in helpfile for MAIL and RCPT commands.
87	LIBMILTER: When smfi_replacebody() is called with bodylen equals
88		zero then do not silently ignore that call.  Patch from
89		Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
90	LIBMILTER: Recognize "421" also in a multi-line reply to terminate
91		the SMTP session with that error.  Fix from Brian Kantor.
92	Portability: New option HASSNPRINTF which can be set if the OS
93			has a properly working snprintf(3) to get rid
94			of the last two (safe) sprintf(3) calls in the
95			source code.
96		Add support for AIX 5.3.
97		Add support for SunOS 5.11 (aka Solaris 11).
98		Add support for Darwin 8.x.  Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
99		OpenBSD 3.7 has removed support for NETISO.
100	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd6) for FreeBSD 6.X.
101		Set DontBlameSendmail to AssumeSafeChown and
102			GroupWritableDirPathSafe for OSTYPE(darwin).
103			Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
104		Some features still used 4.7.1 as enhanced status code which
105			was supposed to be eliminated in 8.13.0 because some
106			broken systems misinterpret it as a permanent error.
107			Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
108		Some default values in a generated cf file did not match
109			the defaults in the sendmail binary.  Problem noted
110			by Mike Pechkin.
111	New Files:
112		cf/ostype/freebsd6.m4
113		devtools/OS/AIX.5.3
114		devtools/OS/Darwin.8.x
115		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.11
116		include/sm/time.h
117
1188.13.4/8.13.4	2005/03/27
119	The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a
120		different error which could result in connections that
121		stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not
122		properly initialized.  Problem noted by Michael Sims.
123	Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature().  This bug could lead
124		to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another
125		host.  Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and
126		tracked down by Gael Roualland.
127	Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr().  Problem
128		found by Gael Roualland using valgrind.
129	If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the
130		owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to
131		the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set
132		to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes.
133	The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared
134		memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting
135		and bounce generation.
136	Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings
137		in address rewriting because the message can be triggered
138		for header checks where long strings are legitimate.
139		Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked
140		down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
141	The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag.  Patch from
142		Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England.
143	The socket map did not obey the -f flag.  Problem noted by
144		Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip.
145	The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of
146		the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only
147		return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found.
148	Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication
149		to avoid a possible segmentation fault.  Based on patch
150		by Joe Maimon.
151	Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but
152		does not assign a value to its output parameter.  Based
153		on patch by Brian Kantor.
154	Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only
155		to Cyrus SASL version 2).  Otherwise an SMTP session might
156		be dropped after an AUTH failure.
157	Portability:
158		Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use
159			"long long" to read load average data, e.g.,
160			AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode.  Note: this has to be set
161			"by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected.
162			Problem noted by Burak Bilen.
163		Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x.  This should
164			fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode.
165			Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of
166			University of Bremen.
167	New Files:
168		include/sm/sem.h
169		libsm/sem.c
170		libsm/t-sem.c
171
1728.13.3/8.13.3	2005/01/11
173	Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS
174		is active.
175	Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed
176		due to a 421 error.  Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
177		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
178	Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while
179		closing a connection.  Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
180		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
181	Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the
182		next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at
183		connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy
184		SMTP reply code.  Problem noted by Mark Tranchant.
185
1868.13.2/8.13.2	2004/12/15
187	Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal
188		buffer size.  Previously a part of such a header would
189		end up in the body of the message.  Problem noted by
190		Simple Nomad of BindView.
191	Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking
192		headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses.
193		Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University.
194	If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between
195		message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more
196		messages on that connection.  This prevents bogus "Bad
197		file number" recipient status.  Problem noted by
198		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
199	Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC
200		2821.  Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services.
201	Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size
202		for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g.,
203		Cyrus IMAP lmtp server.  Based on patch by Jamie Clark.
204	When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut
205		them off at a comma.  Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki.
206	Add more logging to milter change header functions to
207		complement existing logging.  Based on patch from
208		Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
209	Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined.
210		Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart.
211	Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address
212		to a hostname for use with SASL.  Problem noted by Ken Jones;
213		patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO.
214	CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog
215		mailer.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
216	LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after
217		xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered.
218		Patch from Alexey Kravchuk.
219	LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow
220		different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main().
221		Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark.
222	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting.  Problem
223		noted by Nelson Fung.
224	MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access
225		mail.local.  Problem noted by William Park.
226	VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting.  Problem noted
227		by Nelson Fung.
228	Portability:
229		Add support for DragonFly BSD.
230	New Files:
231		cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4
232		devtools/OS/DragonFly
233		include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h
234	Deleted Files:
235		libsm/vsscanf.c
236
2378.13.1/8.13.1	2004/07/30
238	Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the
239		objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the
240		alias expansion.  Problem noted by Brenden Conte of
241		Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
242	Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is
243		(partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
244	Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body
245		but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is
246		smaller than the size of the memory buffer.  Problem noted
247		by David Russell.
248	Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified
249		but the other side presented a cert that was signed by
250		a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL,
251		verification would always fail.  Problem noted by Al Smith.
252	Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and
253		the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate.
254		Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint.
255	${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero.
256		Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc.
257	CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after
258		FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not
259		use the access map.  Note: if no default value is given
260		for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if
261		FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it.
262		Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of
263		Bielefeld.
264	CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause')
265		is used to give more flexibility for local changes.
266	Portability:
267		Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code.  Problem
268			noted by Geoff Adams.
269		NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3).  Patch from Andrew Brown.
270		NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in
271			a system.  Patch from Andrew Brown.
272		Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential
273			incompatibilities with various *roff related
274			tools.  Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland.
275	New Files:
276		doc/op/README
277
2788.13.0/8.13.0	2004/06/20
279	Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential
280		information.  See also cf/README about MSP and the section
281		"Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client".
282		Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
283		University.
284	Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n
285		and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi
286		of RUS University of Stuttgart.
287	Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found
288		by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland.
289	Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute
290		specifications in an LDAP map definition.  This allows
291		LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP
292		URL which will in turn be queried.  See the ``LDAP
293		Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information.
294		Based on patch from Andrew Baucom.
295	Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile
296		(O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to
297		include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes.
298		See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section
299		of cf/README for more information.
300	New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the
301		LDAP API/protocol version to use.  The default depends on
302		the LDAP library.
303	New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an
304		LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host
305		and -p port.  This also allows for the use of LDAP over
306		SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP
307		library supports it.
308	New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if
309		ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set).
310	If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often
311		during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is
312		done for too many bad SMTP commands.
313	Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon
314		maintains the number of incoming connections per client
315		IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and
316		{total_rate}, respectively.  These macros can be used
317		in the cf file to impose connection rate limits.
318		A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s)
319		determines the length of the interval for which the
320		number of connections is stored.  Based on patch from
321		Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris.
322	Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which
323		send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting.
324		If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see
325		FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified
326		amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP
327		greeting.  If any traffic is received before then, a 554
328		SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected
329		during that connection.
330	If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP
331		server could sleep for a very long time.  Fix based on
332		patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ.
333	Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the
334		number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs.
335		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington.
336	Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems
337		misinterpret it as a permanent error.
338	New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until
339		all milters accepted the mail.  This can increase
340		performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to
341		body scans.  Based on patch from David F. Skoll.
342	New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id:
343		header, whether provided by the client or generated by
344		sendmail.
345	New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open
346		connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address.
347		Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des
348		Mines de Paris.
349	sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits.  This was done
350		to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop
351		scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent
352		runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's
353		pid no longer existing.  See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me
354		for a discussion of the implications of this, including
355		how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on
356		the old behavior.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
357	Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default
358		filter list specified in InputMailFilters.  The filters
359		can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions.
360	Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'.  If
361		your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to
362		add those names to class 'w' yourself.  Problem noted
363		by Sander Eerkes.
364	Support message quarantining in the mail queue.  Quarantined
365		messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs
366		unless specifically requested with -qQ.  Quarantined queue
367		files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix.
368	The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display
369		or run.  -qQ operates on quarantined queue items.  -qL
370		operates on lost queue items.
371	Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the
372		quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display
373		quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the
374		given text.  Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display
375		quarantined items which do not have the given text in the
376		quarantine reason.
377	Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the
378		new -Q option.  See doc/op/op.me for more information.
379	When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the
380		quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by
381		"QUARANTINE:".
382	A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used
383		to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and
384		header check rulesets.  The $: of the mailer triplet will
385		be used for the quarantine reason.
386	Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected.
387	Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a
388		message if it is quarantined.
389	New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain
390		or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP).
391		See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as
392		socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib.
393		Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks.
394	Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR
395		lookup for the client IP address.  Note: this is the same
396		as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK.
397	Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad
398		recipients received so far in a transaction.
399	Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus
400		DNS entries.  See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr').  Problem
401		noted by Kai Schlichting.
402	Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To:
403		headers (turn them into DSNs).  Delivery-Receipt-To: is
404		apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System).
405	Enable connection caching for LPC mailers.  Patch from Christophe
406		Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane.
407	Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting.
408	Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2.  From Kenneth Murchison of
409		Oceana Matrix Ltd.
410	Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which
411		support mutual authentication.  From Kenneth Murchison of
412		Oceana Matrix Ltd.
413	Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11).
414	The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext
415		format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid
416		problems with parsing them.  Problem noted by Pierangelo
417		Masarati of SysNet s.n.c.
418	New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is
419		passed to the Cyrus SASL library.  Patch from Gary Mills
420		of the University of Manitoba.
421	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was
422		successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if
423		EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS
424		is active.
425	Add basic support for certificate revocation lists.  Note: if a
426		CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS
427		is disabled.  Based on patch by Ralf Hornik.
428	Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms
429		DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN.
430	Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue
431		runner.  Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
432	Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to
433		overwrite each other's pid files.
434	Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and
435		{cert_issuer} from 128 to 256.  Requested by Christophe
436		Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
437	Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at
438		LogLevel 12 or higher.
439	If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will
440		try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option
441		to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like
442		it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and
443		MTA.  Based on patch by Per Hedeland.
444	If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified
445		by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due
446		to high load, log this information.  Patch from John Beck
447		of Sun Microsystems.
448	Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of
449		CheckpointInterval on the command line.
450	New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a
451		subset of the functionality of the 's' flag.
452	New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information.
453		Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
454	Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default.  To turn
455		it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options.
456	An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO
457		causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being
458		discarded.  This also caused milter callbacks to be called
459		out of order after the SMTP session was reset.
460	New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag
461		REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.  See sendmail/README for
462		further information.
463	New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to
464		the indicated log file instead of stdout.
465	Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control
466		queue return and warning times for delivery status
467		notifications.
468	New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries
469		at all.
470	Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added
471		to enable/disable certain features in the server per
472		connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
473	Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s
474		for DaemonPortOptions.
475	Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when
476		trying to canonify hostnames.  Suggested by Neil Rickert
477		of Northern Illinois University.
478	Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to
479		be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks.  This
480		is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate
481		view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of
482		outside).  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
483	Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS
484		handshake.  Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
485	Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead.  Patch from
486		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
487	libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required
488		then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100.  Patch from Mark Roth
489		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
490	Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter
491		applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
492	New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function,
493		i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes,
494		0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
495	If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will
496		terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message.
497	Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable
498		HOSTALIASES.
499	Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write.  To enable this in 8.13
500		compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1.
501	Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get
502		the header value passed in without balancing quotes,
503		parentheses, and angle brackets.  Based on patch from
504		Oleg Bulyzhin.
505	Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and
506		angle brackets when reading in rulesets.  This allows
507		rules to be written for header checks to catch strings
508		that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets.
509		Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin.
510	Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters
511		some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED.
512	Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the
513		sendmail consortium, see CACerts.
514	Portability:
515		Two new compile options have been added:
516			HASCLOSEFROM	System has closefrom(3).
517			HASFDWALK	System has fdwalk(3).
518			Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
519		The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so
520			change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix
521			it.  Be sure to update other sendmail related
522			programs to match locking techniques.
523		New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set
524			if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself.
525		Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for
526			UNICOS.  Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and
527			Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of
528			Center for Scientific Computing.
529		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
530		Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
531		Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because
532			Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations.
533			Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct
534			major()/minor() definitions.  Based on feedback
535			from Mark Funkenhauser.
536	CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches
537		for maps via new attributes.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR
538		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and
539		cf/sendmail.schema for more information.
540	CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER
541		is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc.
542		Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert
543		of Northern Illinois University.
544	CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which
545		instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine
546		the message using the given reason.
547	CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl)
548		instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other
549		DNS records than just A.
550	CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the
551		length of the interval for which the number of incoming
552		connections is maintained.
553	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection
554		rate control for individual hosts or nets.
555	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the
556		number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets.
557	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP
558		slamming protection described above.  The feature can
559		take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or
560		use the access database to look the pause time based on
561		client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet.
562	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use
563		$&{client_ptr} as its first argument.  This is useful for
564		rejections based on the unverified hostname of client,
565		which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail
566		versions when delay_checks was not in use.  See also entry
567		above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}.
568	CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log
569		interval when refusing connections for this long.
570	CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases
571		this requires a change in a mc file.  Requested by
572		Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems.
573	CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm
574		that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library.  Patch from
575		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
576	CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src}
577		to follow the naming conventions.
578	CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify
579		the A= argument.
580	CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of
581		local_lmtp.
582	CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile
583		time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.
584	CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated
585		cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts
586		its rules.
587	CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN
588		to control queue return and warning times for delivery
589		status notifications.
590	CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost.
591	CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf
592		file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/.
593		Patch from Richard Rognlie.
594	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9.
595		Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see
596		doc/op/op.me.
597	CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom
598		option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for
599		use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
600	CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains
601		certificate revocations lists.
602	CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to
603		FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP
604		MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist
605		in LDAP.  See cf/README for more information.
606	CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
607		instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain
608		lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match.  See cf/README
609		for more information.
610	CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
611		instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail
612		or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be
613		reached.  See cf/README for more information.  Based on
614		patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar.
615	CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details.
616	CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different
617		Message-Id: header format.  Patch from Bastiaan Bakker
618		of LifeLine Networks.
619	CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR.  From
620		Derek J. Balling.
621	CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems.
622		Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc.
623	DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed
624		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
625	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the
626		filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message.
627		Filters which use this function must include the
628		SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure.
629	LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server
630		will terminate the SMTP session with that error.
631	LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a
632		named socket in the file system if it is running as root.
633	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter
634		to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress,
635		resetting the timeout.
636	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter
637		to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect
638		failure to do so before calling smfi_main().
639	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the
640		filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply.
641	LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring
642		them instead of stopping after too many occurred.
643		Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems.
644	LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in
645		docs/sample.html.  Reported by Dmitry Adamushko.
646	LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT.
647		Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group.
648	LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg().  Patches
649		from Bryan Costales.
650	LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if
651		poll(2) should be used instead of select(2).
652	LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol
653		amendments to support header insertion operations.
654	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see
655		mail.local/README.  Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
656		Informations Services.
657	MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts.
658	MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use
659		instead of '#'.
660	VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of
661		whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc:
662		headers.
663	VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address
664		for the auto-response message.
665	New Files:
666		CACerts
667		cf/feature/conncontrol.m4
668		cf/feature/greet_pause.m4
669		cf/feature/mtamark.m4
670		cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4
671		cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4
672		cf/ostype/unicos.m4
673		cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4
674		cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4
675		contrib/socketmapClient.pl
676		contrib/socketmapServer.pl
677		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
678		devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk
679		devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp
680		devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample
681		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h
682		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h
683		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h
684		libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html
685		libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html
686		libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html
687		libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html
688		libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html
689		libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html
690		sendmail/ratectrl.c
691	Deleted Files:
692		cf/feature/nodns.m4
693		contrib/oldbind.compat.c
694		devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
695		devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
696		libsm/vsprintf.c
697	Renamed Files:
698		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x
699
7008.12.11/8.12.11	2004/01/18
701	Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files.  This error was a
702		regression in 8.12.10.  Problem detected and diagnosed
703		Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company.
704	Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and
705		make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not
706		exceeded.  Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of
707		Techfirm, Inc.
708	Take care of systems that can generate time values where the
709		seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59.
710		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
711	Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes
712		whose process id is the same as that of the initial
713		sendmail process that was used to start the daemon.
714		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
715	When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied
716		recipient address also against the printable addresses
717		of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses.
718		Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum.
719	BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the
720		error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the
721		right hand side error:.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
722	Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages.
723		Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
724	Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit
725		text that has been introduced in 8.12.3.  There are some
726		examples where the new code fails, but the old code works.
727		To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with
728		-DMIME7TO8_OLD=0.  If you have an example of improper
729		7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us.
730	Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of
731		the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a
732		connection.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
733	Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which
734		causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string".
735		To avoid this everything after LF is ignored.
736	If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set
737		then a possible race condition for creating qf files
738		can be avoided.  Note: the race condition does not
739		exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an
740		external application that accesses qf files.
741	Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for
742		the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options.
743	Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df
744		files could be left behind.  Problem found by Wolfgang
745		Breyha.
746	The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been
747		deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13.  This only
748		effects configuration which preserve those variable via the
749		'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire
750		environment.
751	Portability:
752		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
753		Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of
754			Sun Microsystems.
755	LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data
756		to libmilter.  Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski.
757	SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'.
758		Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads.
759	New Files:
760		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
761
7628.12.10/8.12.10	2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17)
763	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing.  Problem
764		detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
765		of Courtesan Consulting.
766	Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing.  This problem
767		is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
768		only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
769		mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
770		a problem may occur.  Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
771	Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
772		Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
773	Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
774	Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
775		conversions.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
776	Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
777		not just header.  Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
778	Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
779		transactions for broken clients which do not properly
780		announce 8 bit data.  Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
781	Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
782		Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
783	Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
784	Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
785		encountering a comment that is too long.  Problem noted by
786		Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
787	Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
788		checking.  It is used for IPv6 domain literals.  Patch from
789		Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
790	Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
791		Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
792	Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
793		to make sure they match.
794	Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
795		in the kernel.
796	When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
797		do not ignore the other recipients.  Problem noted by
798		Bart Duchesne.
799	CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
800		lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text".  Problem noted by
801		Craig Hunt.
802	CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument.  Patch
803		from Jerome Borsboom.
804	CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
805		and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc.  Patches from
806		Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
807	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
808		improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
809		mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
810		after the close() and before the truncate().
811	MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
812		stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
813		Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
814	Portability:
815		Port for AIX 5.2.  Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
816			of Washington for providing access to a computer
817			with AIX 5.2.
818		setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3.  Patch from
819			Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
820		Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
821			on all operating systems.  Patch from Robert Harker
822			of Harker Systems.
823		Use strerror(3) on Linux.  If this causes a problem on
824			your Linux distribution, compile with
825			-DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
826	Added Files:
827		devtools/OS/AIX.5.2
828
8298.12.9/8.12.9	2003/03/29
830	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
831		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
832		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
833		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
834		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
835		includes DNS.
836	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
837		8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
838		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
839		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
840	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
841		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
842		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
843		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
844		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
845		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
846		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
847	Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail.  Problem noted
848		by Derek Wueppelmann.
849	Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
850		have flock(2).  Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
851		College London.
852	Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
853		errors, e.g., looping processes.  Problem noted by
854		Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
855	CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
856		Patch from Andrzej Filip.
857	CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
858	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
859		text file instead of the database map.
860	Portability:
861		Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
862			builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
863			This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
864			in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
865
8668.12.8/8.12.8	2003/02/11
867	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
868		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
869		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
870		of ISS X-Force.
871	Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
872		.cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
873		parsing ident responses.  Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
874		Stanford University Compilation Group.
875	Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
876		the selected queue group.  Problem noted by Jos Vos.
877	If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
878		log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
879		MIME header".  Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
880	CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
881		error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
882	MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
883		a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
884		a regular file.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
885
8868.12.7/8.12.7	2002/12/29
887	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
888		across various connections.  This could cause session
889		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
890		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
891		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
892	Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue.  The MSP
893		only needs to relay all mail to the MTA.  Problem found
894		by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
895	Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
896		characters in some logging statements.  Problem noted by
897		Erik Parker.
898	When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
899		EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
900		is used.
901	Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command.  Problem
902		noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
903	Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
904		file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
905		install time.  This fixes installation over NFS for some
906		users.  Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
907		Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
908	Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data.  Problem noted by
909		Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
910	Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
911		of 11 or higher.
912	Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
913		exiting.  Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
914	Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
915		of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
916		The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
917		to be run even if Runners=0.
918	Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
919		connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
920		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
921	Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
922		(/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
923	Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0.  Problem noted by
924		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
925	Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
926		rulesets.  Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
927	Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting.  Problem noted
928		by John Majikes of IBM.
929	Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
930		different processes.  Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
931	Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
932		times out during message collection.  Problem noted by Neil
933		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
934	Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
935		qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
936		Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
937	If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>".  Problem
938		noted by Matthias Andree.
939	Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
940		versions of tmac.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
941	Portability:
942		Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
943		Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
944			and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
945			an argument, hence the builtin version of
946			sendmail is used instead.  This can be overridden
947			by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0.  Problem noted by
948			Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
949		Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
950			of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
951		Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
952			of the TrustedBSD Project.
953		Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
954			system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
955		Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
956		Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
957			Corporation.
958		Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
959	CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
960		is used.  Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
961	CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
962		DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
963		Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
964	CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
965		to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
966		which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
967		::1 for IPv6).  If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
968		you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
969		in the file itself.
970	CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
971		error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
972		mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
973		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
974	CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
975	CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
976		relay.
977	CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
978		in access_db.
979	CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
980	LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
981		an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
982		Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
983	LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
984		Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
985		Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
986	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
987		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
988		Sun Microsystems.
989	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
990		fails.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
991	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
992		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
993		iDEFENSE, Inc.
994	New Files:
995		devtools/OS/Interix
996		include/sm/bdb.h
997
9988.12.6/8.12.6	2002/08/26
999	Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
1000		returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
1001		Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
1002		and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
1003		Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
1004	Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
1005		to interactive.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1006		Courtesan Consulting.
1007	Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
1008		even if some recipients are deleted or invalid.  Problem
1009		found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1010	Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
1011		from the SMTP client.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
1012		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1013	Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
1014		install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
1015		confMSP_STFILE devtools variable.  Requested by Jeff
1016		Earickson of Colby College.
1017	Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
1018		during a delivery attempt.  Patch from Todd C. Miller of
1019		Courtesan Consulting.
1020	Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
1021		SMTP AUTH.  Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
1022	Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
1023		restart interrupted system calls.  Problem noted by Luiz
1024		Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
1025	Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
1026		execve().
1027	Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
1028		cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
1029		noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
1030	If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
1031		the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set.  This
1032		allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
1033		spammers without tipping them off.  Problem noted by Neil
1034		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1035	If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
1036		e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
1037		supposed for addresses on the header content.
1038	Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
1039	Portability:
1040		Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
1041			copying of the variable argument va_list.  Based on
1042			fix from Scott Walters.
1043		Fix NSD map open bug.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1044		Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
1045			list.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1046		Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
1047			NETISO support has been dropped.
1048	CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
1049		to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
1050		These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
1051		being activated in check_relay.  This change has been made to
1052		avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
1053		"450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
1054		record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled.  However, this
1055		modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
1056		is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
1057		name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
1058		such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored.  The original
1059		change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
1060		Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
1061		Stefaan Van Hoornick.
1062	CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
1063		using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
1064		Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1065		University.
1066	CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
1067		Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1068	CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
1069		(etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1070	LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
1071		NULL pointer.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1072	LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls.  Based
1073		on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1074		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1075	New Files:
1076		contrib/etrn.0
1077
10788.12.5/8.12.5	2002/06/25
1079	SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
1080		specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
1081		file and a rogue DNS server is queried.  None of the
1082		sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
1083		they are not vulnerable.  Problem noted independently by
1084		Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
1085	Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
1086		map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
1087		with rogue DNS servers.
1088	Require a suboption when setting the Milter option.  Problem noted
1089		by Bryan Costales.
1090	Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
1091		DirectSubmissionModifiers.  Problem noted by Bryan
1092		Costales.
1093	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
1094		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
1095		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1096		Polytechnic Institute.
1097	Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
1098		file onto disk.  From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
1099	Portability:
1100		Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
1101			to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
1102			rmail and vacation.  Problem noted by Kevin
1103			A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
1104		NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again.  Unless
1105			the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
1106			8.13 will change the default locking method to
1107			fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later.  You may
1108			want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
1109			-DHASFLOCK=0.  Be sure to update other sendmail
1110			related programs to match locking techniques.
1111
11128.12.4/8.12.4	2002/06/03
1113	SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
1114		can leave systems open to a local denial of service
1115		attack.  Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
1116		section of the top level README for more information.
1117		Problem noted by lumpy.
1118	Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
1119		instead of 0644.
1120	Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
1121		from 0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
1122		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1123	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
1124		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
1125		Purdue University.
1126	Expand macros before passing them to libmilter.  Problem noted
1127		by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1128		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1129	Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
1130		replaces the body of a message.  Problem noted by Gisle Aas
1131		of Active State.
1132	Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
1133		initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554.  Patches
1134		from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1135	Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
1136		inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
1137		is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed.  Based on
1138		patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
1139	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
1140		is rejected anyway.  Noted by Chris Loelke.
1141	Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page.  Requested
1142		by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
1143	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
1144		or the queue.
1145	Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
1146		user who started sendmail.
1147	If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
1148		the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space.  Suggested
1149		by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
1150	Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
1151		if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
1152		LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
1153		are set.  Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
1154		Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
1155	Portability:
1156		Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
1157			be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
1158			This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
1159		Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
1160			non-compliant.  Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
1161			Charles University in Prague.
1162		The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
1163			memory.
1164	CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
1165		Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1166	CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
1167		FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
1168		to be misaddressed.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1169	CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
1170		fail for AAAA queries.  Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
1171	CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
1172		the sender address.  This allows locally submitted mail to
1173		be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
1174		and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself.  Problem
1175		noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
1176	CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
1177		macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used.  Problem
1178		noted by Bryan Costales.
1179	CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
1180		matches are found.  Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1181	CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message.  Suggested
1182		by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
1183	CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2.  Contributed by
1184		Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1185	CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
1186		match dnsbl change.
1187	DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
1188		confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
1189		installing the sendmail statistics file.
1190	LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
1191		a user's filter starts other applications.
1192	LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
1193		functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
1194	MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
1195		0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
1196		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1197	SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
1198		Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
1199	VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
1200		bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses.  Problem
1201		noted by Bryan Costales.
1202	New Files:
1203		cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
1204
12058.12.3/8.12.3	2002/04/05
1206	NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
1207		are used.  In previous versions this could cause mail
1208		not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
1209		by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
1210		into the right place.  Some precautions have been taken
1211		to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
1212		sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
1213		may store the path of data files in queue files.  Hence
1214		queue files should not be moved unless those internals
1215		are understood and the integrity of the files is not
1216		compromised.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
1217		University.
1218	If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
1219		queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
1220		to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
1221		triggered.  Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
1222		of INTERMETA.
1223	Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
1224		running queues.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
1225	Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
1226		Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
1227	Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
1228		read and write timeouts.  Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
1229		ActiveState.
1230	Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive.  Problem
1231		noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
1232	If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
1233		the RunAsUser group.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1234		Northern Illinois University.
1235	Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
1236		contains a trailing slash.  Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
1237		of Dinoex.
1238	Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
1239		4096).  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1240		Polytechnic Institute.
1241	Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
1242		if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
1243		do not have a From: header.  Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
1244	Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
1245		will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
1246		Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
1247	Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
1248		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1249	Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure.  Based on
1250		patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1251	Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
1252		missing arguments.
1253	Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
1254		a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
1255		Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
1256	Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
1257		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1258	Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
1259		connect fails and DialDelay is set.  Patch from Servaas
1260		Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
1261	Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
1262		a set-user-ID (non-root) program.  Problem noted by Jon
1263		Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
1264	Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
1265		directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
1266		which has an owner- alias.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett
1267		of Concordia University.
1268	Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified.  Problem
1269		found by Mario Nigrovic.
1270	The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
1271		incoming messages.  A leading dot is always stripped by the
1272		SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
1273		another dot.  Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
1274	Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
1275		base64 encoding to 8-bit text.  Problem noted by Mark
1276		Elvers.
1277	Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
1278		Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
1279		of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
1280		total number of TCP connections.
1281	Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
1282		non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
1283		Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
1284	Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
1285		are used.  Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
1286	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
1287		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
1288		Texas.
1289	Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
1290		to 451.
1291	Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
1292		only done in one place: queue group creation).  Based on
1293		patch by Bryan Costales.
1294	Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
1295		timeouts.  Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
1296	Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
1297		responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
1298		errors.  By doing so, the host was marked as having a
1299		temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
1300		queued for the next queue run.  Problem noted by Fletcher
1301		Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
1302		Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
1303		and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1304	Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
1305		which drop the connection instead of responding to the
1306		command).
1307	Portability:
1308		Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
1309			available.
1310		Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X.  That platform
1311			now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
1312			settings.  Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
1313			Skyrr.
1314		Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin.  Problem
1315			noted by John Beck.
1316		Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
1317		Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX.  From
1318			Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
1319	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
1320		SMTP AUTH information.  This feature was actually added in
1321		8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
1322	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
1323		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
1324		error.
1325	CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
1326		FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain').  Problem noted by
1327		Krzysztof Oledzki.
1328	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
1329		initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
1330	CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
1331		is in use.  Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1332	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
1333		`localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
1334		This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
1335		i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
1336		it is embedded in square brackets.  Problem noted by
1337		Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
1338	CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
1339		submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps.  This is a compromise
1340		to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
1341		default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
1342		time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
1343		user's $TZ setting.  Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
1344		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
1345		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1346	CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
1347		binary.  Adjust local mailer flags accordingly.  Problem
1348		noted by John Beck.
1349	CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
1350		if queue groups are used.
1351	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
1352	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
1353	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
1354		Suggested by Bryan Costales.
1355	DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
1356	LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
1357		structure that is passed to xxfi_connect().  Notice:
1358		this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
1359		this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
1360		values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
1361		Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
1362	LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
1363		SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply.  Do the
1364		same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
1365	LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
1366		required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
1367		da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1368	LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define.  Set
1369		this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
1370		ldap_memfree().
1371	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
1372		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
1373	SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems.  Problem
1374		noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
1375	VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases.  Based
1376		on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
1377		San Francisco.
1378	VACATION: Don't ignore -C option.  Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
1379	VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page.  Problem noted by
1380		Joe Barbish.
1381	New Files:
1382		libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
1383
13848.12.2/8.12.2	2002/01/13
1385	Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
1386		at startup, only log an error message.
1387	Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
1388		following -b) has been specified.
1389	Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
1390		permissions or owner of hoststatus files.  Problem noted
1391		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1392	Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
1393		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
1394		Regensburg.
1395	Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
1396		SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
1397		Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
1398		Institute of Mining and Technology.
1399	Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
1400		chunk sent by a filter.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1401		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1402	In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
1403		the message size calculation.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
1404		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1405	Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
1406		needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
1407		Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1408	Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
1409		commands are issued.  This makes it consistent with normal
1410		SMTP connections.
1411	Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections.  Problem noted by
1412		William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
1413		and Technology.
1414	Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
1415		message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
1416		source route.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1417		Meteorological Institute.
1418	Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
1419		parsing.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
1420		Online.
1421	For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
1422		that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
1423		time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
1424		and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
1425		regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
1426		types, respectively.
1427	Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
1428		exactly the same time.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
1429		of Virginia Tech.
1430	Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
1431		alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
1432		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1433	Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
1434		Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1435	Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
1436		process are closed.  Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
1437	If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
1438		directories.  Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
1439		of Vienna.
1440	Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks.  Patch from David Powell
1441		of Sun Microsystems.
1442	Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
1443		This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
1444		with servers that do not support realms when using
1445		CRAM-MD5.  Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
1446	Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
1447		server gets stuck while processing that command.  Problem
1448		noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1449	In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
1450		command line invocations log them to make it simpler
1451		to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
1452	Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
1453	Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
1454		instead of forcing localhost.
1455	Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
1456		submit.cf.  Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
1457	Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1.  Problem
1458		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1459	If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
1460		dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
1461		sending commands.  This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
1462		recipient status.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
1463		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1464	Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
1465		almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
1466	New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC.  Requested by James Seagraves of
1467		Compaq Computer Corp.
1468	Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
1469		properly.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
1470		Tech.
1471	Portability:
1472		Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X.  Based on
1473			patch provided by HP.
1474		Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
1475			working seteuid() call.  From Daniel J. Luke.
1476		Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX.  From Ganu
1477			Sachin of Siemens.
1478		Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
1479		Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11.  This
1480			fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
1481			characters to be written to the qf file.  Problem
1482			noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
1483		Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare.  Problem noted
1484			by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
1485		Add support for HP MPE/iX.  See sendmail/README for port
1486			information.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1487		New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
1488			USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK.  See sendmail/README
1489			for more information.  From Mark Bixby of
1490			Hewlett-Packard.
1491		If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
1492			(SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
1493			From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1494		Add support for AIX 5.1.  From Valdis Kletnieks of
1495			Virginia Tech.
1496		Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP.  From Hisanori Gogota
1497			of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
1498		Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
1499			Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1500	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
1501		UUCP from the base operating system.  From Mark Murray of
1502		FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
1503	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
1504		systems.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1505	CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
1506		Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
1507		Florida.
1508	CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4.  Problem noted by
1509		Altin Waldmann.
1510	CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
1511		confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp).  From Mark Bixby of
1512		Hewlett-Packard.
1513	LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
1514		libmilter terminated.  Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
1515		of MSFU.
1516	LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
1517		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
1518		Institute.
1519	LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX.  Patch from Larry Rosenman.
1520	LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
1521		to free memory twice.
1522	LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
1523		Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
1524		of Sun Microsystems.
1525	LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
1526		terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
1527		example code.  Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
1528		University of Athens.
1529	New Files:
1530		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
1531		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
1532		cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
1533		cf/ostype/mpeix.m4
1534		devtools/OS/AIX.5.1
1535		devtools/OS/MPE-iX
1536		include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
1537		libsm/mpeix.c
1538
15398.12.1/8.12.1	2001/10/01
1540	SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
1541		to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
1542		supplying bogus data.  Add configuration options for
1543		different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid.  Problem
1544		found by Michal Zalewski.
1545	PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
1546		privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
1547		during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
1548		used.  Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
1549	Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
1550		Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1551	Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
1552		delivery.  LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
1553		STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
1554	If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
1555		values for configuration file and pid file but also the
1556		selected values.  Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
1557	Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
1558		errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
1559		if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set.  Previously
1560		this only applied to hostname canonification.  Problem
1561		noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
1562	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
1563		canonical name for a host.
1564	When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
1565		line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.)  to mail submission
1566		operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.).  Idea based on
1567		suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
1568	Portability:
1569		AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
1570			`uname` does not given complete information.
1571			Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
1572			Aircraft Company.
1573		OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
1574			Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
1575		Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
1576			integers.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1577			Courtesan Consulting.
1578	CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
1579		problems with potential misconfigurations.
1580	CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount.  Problem
1581		noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
1582		Technology Organisation of Australia.
1583	CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
1584		of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
1585		then use it.
1586	LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by
1587		Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
1588	LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it.  Problem noted
1589		by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1590	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
1591		and vacation.
1592	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
1593		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
1594		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
1595	New Files:
1596		test/Build
1597		test/Makefile
1598		test/Makefile.m4
1599		test/README
1600		test/t_dropgid.c
1601		test/t_setgid.c
1602	Deleted Files:
1603		include/sm/stdio.h
1604		include/sm/sysstat.h
1605
16068.12.0/8.12.0	2001/09/08
1607	*NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
1608		set-user-ID root anymore.  You need to create a new user and
1609		a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
1610		default).  The installation process tries to install
1611		/etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
1612		default.  Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
1613	SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
1614		files.  These checks can be turned off if absolutely
1615		necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
1616		flags:
1617			GroupWritableForwardFile
1618			WorldWritableForwardFile
1619			GroupWritableIncludeFile
1620			WorldWritableIncludeFile
1621		Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
1622	SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode.  Suggested
1623		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
1624		(IdS).
1625	Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
1626		point where the variable could become overused for more than
1627		one timeout concurrently.  This erroneous behavior resulted in
1628		a corrupted stack causing a core dump.  The timeout is now
1629		handled via libsm.  Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
1630		John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
1631	If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
1632		checks (group ID of RunAsUser).  This allows use of a
1633		set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
1634		and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed.  For details
1635		see sendmail/SECURITY.
1636	Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
1637		Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
1638	If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
1639		with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file.  See
1640		sendmail/SECURITY.
1641	New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
1642		files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
1643		sendmail binary.  See sendmail/SECURITY.
1644	The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
1645		-bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
1646		is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible).  This selection
1647		can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
1648		file: client or mta).  See sendmail/SECURITY.
1649	The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command.  The ONEX
1650		command has been removed.
1651	Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920.  It can be turned off
1652		at compile time or per host (ruleset).
1653	New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
1654		used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
1655		is "pw", which means to use getpwnam().  New mailbox database
1656		types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
1657	Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
1658		long, to accomodate envelope splitting.  File systems with
1659		a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
1660		supported.
1661	Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
1662		hostsignature (character string version of MX RR).  This orders
1663		recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
1664		portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
1665		list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking.  The
1666		significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
1667		list.  Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
1668		creation rather than just before delivery.
1669	Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking.  Previous
1670		piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
1671		piggybacking.  Rather than complete MX RR matching
1672		(coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
1673		preference matches (coattail).
1674	If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
1675		try other MX hosts if available.
1676	DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
1677		outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
1678	New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
1679		AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions).  Based
1680		on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
1681	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
1682	A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
1683		authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
1684		Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
1685		removed in future versions.
1686	Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
1687		requires 334.  Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
1688	Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
1689		for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).  See
1690		doc/op/op.me for details.
1691	Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
1692		{cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
1693		signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
1694		of the presented certificate, respectively.
1695	New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
1696	New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
1697		server per connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
1698	New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
1699		recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
1700		enough on a per recipient basis.
1701	New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
1702		for STARTTLS.
1703	If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
1704		value "NOT".
1705	New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
1706		using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
1707	Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
1708		Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1709	Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
1710		really required.  This change results in a noticable
1711		performance gains on most machines.  Moreover, if shared
1712		memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
1713	Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
1714		the same behavior together.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
1715	If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
1716		than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
1717		are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
1718		splitting.  If the mail is submitted directly from the
1719		command line, then the value also limits the number of
1720		processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
1721		created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
1722		by a queue run.
1723	The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
1724		system each queue directory resides in.
1725	All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
1726	New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
1727	Add parallel queue runner code.  Allows multiple queue runners per work
1728		group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
1729		collected together) to process the same work list at the
1730		same time.
1731	Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
1732		active queue runner processes.
1733	New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
1734		runners per queue group.
1735	Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
1736		the pattern to be negated.  For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
1737		permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
1738		of the queue that match during processing.
1739	New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
1740		periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
1741		child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
1742		runs.  A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
1743		persistent queue runner.
1744	The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
1745		sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
1746		sendmail -q15m).
1747	New option NiceQueueRun	to set the priority of queue runners.
1748		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
1749	sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
1750		unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
1751	QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
1752		several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
1753	QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
1754		of the qf file (older entries first).
1755	Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
1756		a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
1757		should be delivered.  New option DeliverByMin added to set the
1758		minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
1759	Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
1760		not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
1761	Add support for a generic DNS map.  Based on a patch contributed
1762		by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
1763		work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
1764		Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
1765		Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
1766	MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost.  To use the old
1767		behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
1768		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
1769	Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
1770		for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
1771		via SharedMemoryKey.  This minimizes the number of system
1772		calls to check the available space.  See doc/op/op.me for
1773		details.
1774	If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
1775		the number of entries in the queue(s).
1776	Enable generic mail filter API (milter).  See libmilter/README
1777		and the usual documentation for details.
1778	Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
1779	Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
1780		announced in 8.10.
1781	Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR.  Use an MSA instead.
1782	New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
1783		an envelope sender or recipient address.  Suggested by
1784		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1785	Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
1786		-r (number of retries).
1787	New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
1788		separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
1789		and value separated by the given separator.
1790	Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
1791		to map class arith.
1792	If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
1793		(errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
1794	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
1795		GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
1796	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
1797		requirements for files containing secret keys.  This is
1798		necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
1799	Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
1800		filenames with spaces).
1801	Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
1802	Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
1803		{if_name_out}	hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
1804		{if_addr_out}	address of interface of outgoing connection.
1805		{if_family_out}	family of interface of outgoing connection.
1806		The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
1807		to the loopback net.
1808	Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
1809	DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'.  Patch from
1810		Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1811	New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
1812		an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
1813	New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
1814		all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
1815	Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
1816		a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
1817		BadRcptThrottle).  From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
1818		Development Group.
1819	New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
1820		exceeds the specified value.  The default of 0 does not
1821		change the previous behavior.  A value greater than 0
1822		will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
1823		SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
1824		load average is exceeded.
1825	Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
1826		recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
1827		This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
1828		the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
1829		Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1830	Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
1831	Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
1832	The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone.  Use [IPC]
1833		instead.
1834	IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
1835		builtin mailer pathnames.  Use TCP instead.
1836	PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
1837		old libqiapi library.  Contributed by Mark Roth of the
1838		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1839	New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
1840		for direct (command line) submissions.
1841	New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
1842		case of failures.  Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
1843		Hagino of the KAME Project.
1844	Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
1845		whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
1846		Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
1847	Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
1848		STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
1849		9 or higher.  Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
1850		AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
1851	Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
1852		before logging.
1853	Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
1854		(at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
1855	Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
1856	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
1857		in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
1858		TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
1859	Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
1860		DSNs ("old id: new id: clone").  Suggested by Ulrich Windl
1861		of the Universitat Regensburg.
1862	Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
1863		assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
1864		exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
1865		portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
1866		package.  It will at some point replace libsmutil.
1867		See libsm/index.html for details.
1868	Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
1869		care of by fork() and exit().
1870	Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls.  Allows for
1871		more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
1872		new and old (from new libsm).
1873	Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
1874		('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
1875	Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
1876	New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
1877		together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
1878		synchronizations calls.
1879	Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
1880	T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
1881	When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
1882		too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
1883	sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
1884		See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
1885		for details.
1886	Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
1887		such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses.  The DSNs
1888		generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
1889		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
1890	Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
1891		mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
1892		SMTP dialogue.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1893	Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
1894		that do not have postmaster defined.  If an email was sent
1895		from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
1896		in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
1897		then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
1898		Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
1899		degli Studi dell'Insubria.
1900	The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
1901		i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
1902	Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
1903		higher.  Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
1904	New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA.  When
1905		attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
1906		will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
1907		lookups.  If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
1908		flag.  Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
1909		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
1910		Urbana-Champaign.
1911	Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}().  Problem
1912		noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
1913	ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
1914		to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
1915		connections.
1916	Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
1917		sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
1918		``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
1919		cf/README.
1920	Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command.  If
1921		the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
1922		'|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
1923		rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup.  This
1924		allows classes to be filled via a map lookup.  See op.me
1925		for more syntax information.  Specifically, this can be
1926		used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
1927		the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
1928		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
1929		example).
1930	The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
1931		the default schema used in the above two items.
1932	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
1933		warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1934		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
1935	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
1936		if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1937		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
1938	Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
1939		hostnames.  Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
1940		(without quotes) will disable this and return to the
1941		pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
1942		Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
1943	In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
1944		HELO/EHLO commands.
1945	Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
1946		possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
1947		connections.  Restrictions placed on one family only affect
1948		outgoing connections on that particular family.  Because of
1949		this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
1950		connection is established.  Based on patch from Motonori
1951		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1952	PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
1953		when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
1954		nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
1955		forwards, or :include: files.  It also will override the -v
1956		(verbose) command line option.
1957	If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
1958		address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
1959		back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
1960		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1961	New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
1962		number of recipients).  Based on patch from Mark Roth of
1963		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1964	Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985.  The queue group
1965		can be specified using the '#' option character.  For
1966		example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
1967	If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
1968		current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
1969		servers.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
1970		British Columbia.
1971	Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
1972		because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
1973	The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
1974		replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
1975		and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
1976		if required.
1977	The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed.  Use the ldap map
1978		class instead.
1979	Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
1980		"IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For example,
1981		if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
1982		class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
1983	Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
1984		MTA is running.  For example, during a queue run.
1985	Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
1986		RES_USE_INET6 resolver option.  Based on patch from Rick
1987		Nelson of IBM.
1988	The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
1989		many "light weight" commands have been received are now
1990		configurable during compile time.  The current values and
1991		their defaults are:
1992		    MAXBADCOMMANDS	25	unknown commands
1993		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
1994		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
1995		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
1996		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
1997		Setting a value to 0 disables the check.  Patch from Bryan
1998		Costales of SL3D, Inc.
1999	The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
2000		${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
2001	Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
2002		in headers.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2003		Meteorological Institute.
2004	Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
2005		messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
2006		which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
2007	Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
2008		the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
2009		deliveries.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2010	New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
2011		file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
2012		if the meta-data in it has been changed.  This should be
2013		set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
2014		See sendmail/README for further information.
2015	Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
2016		sendmail is signaled to terminate.  Problem noted by
2017		Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
2018	Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
2019		envelope is initialized.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
2020		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2021	Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue.  Fix
2022		from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
2023	Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
2024		temporary errors.  Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
2025		flora.ca.
2026	Portability:
2027		Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
2028			filenames and is outdated anyway.  Suggested by
2029			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2030		Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
2031			i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
2032			of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
2033			optimization limit to 0 (unlimited).  Based on patch
2034			from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
2035			Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2036		Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
2037			Solaris 8 and later.
2038		Add support for OpenUNIX.
2039	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
2040	CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
2041	CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
2042	CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
2043	CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
2044		temporary lookup failures.
2045	CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
2046		action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
2047		or IP nets.
2048	CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
2049		relay address as long as the other part allows the email
2050		to get through.
2051	CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
2052		"%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
2053		entry like user+*@domain.  This allows handling of details by
2054		using %1%3 as the RHS.  Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
2055		introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
2056	CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
2057		and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
2058		section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
2059		after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
2060	CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
2061		(GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
2062		as canonical.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2063	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
2064		in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
2065		terminates check_* ruleset checking.
2066	CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
2067		tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
2068	CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
2069		STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
2070		cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
2071	CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
2072		options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
2073		specification of whole domains instead of just users.
2074		Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
2075		Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2076	CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
2077		cf/README for details.
2078	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
2079		the access map.  Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
2080		University of Maryland.
2081	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
2082		the local mailer.  Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
2083	CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
2084		messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
2085		map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
2086	CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
2087		to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
2088		Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
2089		Solving.
2090	CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
2091		options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
2092	CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
2093		the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
2094	CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
2095		immediately.
2096	CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
2097		allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
2098		See cf/README for details.
2099	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
2100		temporary lookup failures.
2101	CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
2102		Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
2103	CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
2104		memory use.
2105	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
2106		of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
2107		string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
2108		in the access map.  Based on code contributed by Mathias
2109		Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
2110	CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
2111		file.  Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2112	CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
2113		via LMTP.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2114	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
2115		the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
2116	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
2117		+detail portion of the address when passing address to
2118		local delivery agent.  Disables alias and .forward +detail
2119		stripping.  Only use if LDA supports this.
2120	CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
2121	CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
2122		which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
2123		Routing lookups.  Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
2124		masquerade domain name for lookups.  See cf/README for
2125		additional details.
2126	CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
2127		instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
2128		looked up has +detail information.  See cf/README for more
2129		information.
2130	CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
2131		up the new routing address/host in the mailertable.  Based
2132		on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
2133	CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
2134		is in use and the bounce option is enabled.  Only reject
2135		recipients as user unknown.
2136	CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
2137		features.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
2138		section of cf/README for more information.
2139	CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
2140		macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
2141		LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
2142	CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
2143		which takes the options as argument and can be used
2144		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
2145	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
2146		confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE		BadRcptThrottle
2147		confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS	DirectSubmissionModifiers
2148		confMAILBOX_DATABASE		MailboxDatabase
2149		confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN		MaxQueueChildren
2150		confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE	MaxRunnersPerQueue
2151		confNICE_QUEUE_RUN		NiceQueueRun
2152		confQUEUE_FILE_MODE		QueueFileMode
2153		confFAST_SPLIT			FastSplit
2154		confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS		TLSSrvOptions
2155		See above (and related documentation) for further information.
2156	CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
2157		confTO_ACONNECT		Timeout.aconnect
2158		confTO_AUTH		Timeout.auth
2159		confTO_LHLO		Timeout.lhlo
2160		confTO_STARTTLS		Timeout.starttls
2161	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
2162		confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS		InputMailFilters
2163		confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL		Milter.LogLevel
2164		confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT	Milter.macros.connect
2165		confMILTER_MACROS_HELO		Milter.macros.helo
2166		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM	Milter.macros.envfrom
2167		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT	Milter.macros.envrcpt
2168		Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
2169		MAIL_FILTER().  See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
2170		doc/op/op.me for details.
2171	CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
2172		See cf/README for details.  Based on patch by Motonori
2173		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2174	CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
2175		dequote map.
2176	CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
2177	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
2178		on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
2179	CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
2180		by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For
2181		example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
2182		2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
2183		to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
2184		This affects the access database as well as the
2185		relay-domains and local-host-names files.
2186	CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
2187	CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
2188	CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
2189		exceptions from a file.  Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
2190		Mississippi State University.
2191	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
2192		(LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
2193	CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
2194		which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
2195		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2196	DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
2197		files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
2198		confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
2199	DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
2200		installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
2201		systems which don't include cat directories.
2202	EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
2203	MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2204		local mail recipients.  New option -D mbdb specifies the
2205		mailbox database type.
2206	MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
2207		deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
2208		directory instead of the system mail spool area.  Based on
2209		patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
2210	MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
2211		doesn't truncate the statistics file.
2212	MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
2213		instead of white space.
2214	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2215		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2216		Meteorological Institute.
2217	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
2218	VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
2219		auto-replied.  From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2220	VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
2221		instead of syslog.
2222	VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
2223		in the password file.  The -f and -m options must be used
2224		to specify the database and message file since there is no
2225		home directory for the default settings for these options.
2226	VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2227		local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
2228		from the sendmail.cf file.  New option -C cffile which
2229		specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
2230	New Directories:
2231		libmilter/docs
2232	New Files:
2233		cf/cf/README
2234		cf/cf/submit.cf
2235		cf/cf/submit.mc
2236		cf/feature/authinfo.m4
2237		cf/feature/compat_check.m4
2238		cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
2239		cf/feature/msp.m4
2240		cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
2241		cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
2242		cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
2243		cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
2244		cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
2245		cf/sendmail.schema
2246		contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
2247		devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
2248		devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
2249		editmap/*
2250		include/sm/*
2251		libsm/*
2252		libsmutil/cf.c
2253		libsmutil/err.c
2254		sendmail/SECURITY
2255		sendmail/TUNING
2256		sendmail/bf.c
2257		sendmail/bf.h
2258		sendmail/sasl.c
2259		sendmail/sm_resolve.c
2260		sendmail/sm_resolve.h
2261		sendmail/tls.c
2262	Deleted Files:
2263		cf/feature/rbl.m4
2264		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
2265		devtools/OS/AIX.2
2266		include/sendmail/cdefs.h
2267		include/sendmail/errstring.h
2268		include/sendmail/useful.h
2269		libsmutil/errstring.c
2270		sendmail/bf_portable.c
2271		sendmail/bf_portable.h
2272		sendmail/bf_torek.c
2273		sendmail/bf_torek.h
2274		sendmail/clock.c
2275	Renamed Files:
2276		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
2277		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
2278		cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
2279
22808.11.7/8.11.7	2003/03/29
2281	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
2282		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
2283		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
2284		of ISS X-Force.
2285	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
2286		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
2287		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2288		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
2289		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
2290		includes DNS.
2291	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
2292		8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
2293		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
2294		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
2295	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
2296		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
2297		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
2298		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
2299		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
2300		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
2301		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
2302	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
2303		across various connections.  This could cause session
2304		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
2305		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
2306		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
2307	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2308		canonical name for a host.
2309	Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
2310	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
2311		or the queue.
2312	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
2313		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
2314		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2315		Polytechnic Institute.
2316	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
2317		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
2318		Purdue University.
2319	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
2320		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
2321		Texas.
2322	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
2323		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
2324		error.
2325	CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
2326		FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
2327	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2328		and vacation.
2329	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2330		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2331	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2332		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
2333		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2334	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
2335		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
2336		Sun Microsystems.
2337	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
2338		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
2339		iDEFENSE, Inc.
2340
23418.11.6/8.11.6	2001/08/20
2342	SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
2343		out-of-bounds debug parameters.  Problem detected by
2344		Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
2345	Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs.  This could
2346		happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
2347		scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
2348		is reached such that several DSNs are sent next.  Problem
2349		noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
2350	Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
2351		wildcard operators in a rule.  Problem detected by
2352		Werner Wiethege.
2353	Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups.  Problem
2354		noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
2355
23568.11.5/8.11.5	2001/07/31
2357	Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
2358		the daemon.  This could terminate the current process without
2359		starting a new daemon.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
2360		of SE Netway Communications.
2361	Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
2362		the command line.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
2363	When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
2364		which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
2365		to looking up only IPv4 addresses.  Problem noted by Tim
2366		Bosserman of EarthLink.
2367	When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
2368		Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
2369	Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
2370		IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
2371		forged".  Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
2372		University College.
2373	Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM.  Problem noted by
2374		Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
2375	Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
2376		out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
2377		Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
2378		"header".  Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
2379		University at Albany.
2380	Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
2381		noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2382	Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
2383		their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
2384		Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
2385		to 2 days.  Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
2386	Portability:
2387		BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation.  Problem
2388			noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2389		BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
2390			Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2391		BSD/OS has fchown(2).  Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
2392			2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
2393		Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3).  From Sebastian
2394			Hagedorn of Cologne University.
2395	CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
2396		(user@[IPv6:address]).  Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
2397
23988.11.4/8.11.4	2001/05/28
2399	Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
2400		corruption and other potential race conditions.
2401		Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
2402		instantaneous due to this change.  Also, non-root users can
2403		no longer send out-of-band signals.  Problem reported by
2404		Michal Zalewski of BindView.
2405	If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
2406		encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
2407		strength.  Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
2408	If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
2409		different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
2410		recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
2411	Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3.  Patch
2412		from Kenji Miyake.
2413	This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
2414		QueueDirectory wildcards.
2415	If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
2416		the same map again while exiting.
2417	Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
2418		LMTP).  Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
2419		of Tuebingen.
2420	If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
2421		to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
2422		message would be lost.  Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
2423		Oklahoma State University.
2424	Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
2425		and prog map types.  Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
2426		InTouch Systems, Inc.
2427	When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
2428		other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
2429		to the LDAP server.  Patch from Victor Duchovni of
2430		Morgan Stanley.
2431	To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
2432		.pag file instead of the .dir file.  Problem noted by Neil
2433		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2434	Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent.  Patch
2435		from Werner Wiethege.
2436	If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
2437		with the family set in that option.  Patch from Sean Farley.
2438	Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
2439		when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
2440		recipient list.  Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
2441		Internet Services.
2442	Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces.  Problem noticed by Ulrich
2443		Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2444	Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces.  Problem noticed by
2445		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2446	Portability:
2447		OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
2448	CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
2449		to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
2450	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
2451	DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
2452		file name argument.  Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2453		Meteorological Institute.
2454	DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
2455		since it generates random process ids.
2456	PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
2457		of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
2458		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2459	New Files:
2460		cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
2461
24628.11.3/8.11.3	2001/02/27
2463	Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
2464		LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
2465		option was used.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
2466		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2467	Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
2468		could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
2469		Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
2470		communications consulting gmbh.
2471	Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
2472		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2473	Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
2474		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
2475		connection came in from the command line.
2476	Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
2477		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set.  Patch from
2478		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2479	Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
2480		check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
2481	Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
2482		when they were committed.
2483	Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
2484		Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
2485	Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
2486		to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
2487		cause some rulesets to return wrong results.  This would
2488		usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
2489	Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
2490		equate.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
2491		University.
2492	Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
2493		fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
2494		accept() completes.
2495	Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
2496		opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
2497	Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
2498		in a queue run.  Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
2499		Wellcome.
2500	If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
2501		note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
2502		"Deferred".  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
2503		University.
2504	If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
2505		qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
2506		hostname.  Problem noted by David Bremner of the
2507		University of New Brunswick.
2508	Portability:
2509		Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
2510			is in use.  Problem noted by Auteria Wally
2511			Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
2512		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
2513			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2514		OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3).  OpenBSD 2.8 and
2515			higher has BSDI-style login classes.  Patch from
2516			Todd C.  Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
2517		Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
2518			sendmail is being compiled with -kthread.  Problem
2519			noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
2520	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
2521		current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
2522	DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
2523		Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2524	MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
2525		storing the temporary message file until after the remote
2526		side has sent the final DATA termination dot.  Problem
2527		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
2528		Institute.
2529	MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
2530		are also specified on the command line.  Patch from
2531		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2532	PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
2533		database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
2534	Renamed Files:
2535		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
2536
25378.11.2/8.11.2	2000/12/29
2538	Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
2539		address test mode due to a negative array index.  Audit
2540		other array indexing.  This bug is not believed to be
2541		exploitable.  Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
2542		Schools" project (IdS).
2543	Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
2544		address test mode.  This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
2545		be enabled by compiling with:
2546		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
2547		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.  Suggested by
2548		Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2549	Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
2550		caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
2551	When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
2552		enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
2553		sort sub-optimal.  Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
2554		Colby College.
2555	Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
2556		RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
2557	Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
2558		This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
2559		a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
2560		mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
2561	Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
2562		a cached connection.  Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
2563		NxNetworks, Inc.
2564	Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
2565		client name.
2566	Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
2567		MaxMimeHeaderLength problems.  Requested by Ulrich Windl of
2568		the Universitat Regensburg.
2569	Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
2570		DeliveryMode queue.  Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
2571		University of Arizona.
2572	Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag.  Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
2573		of Collective Technologies.
2574	Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
2575		to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
2576		Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
2577		Engineering.
2578	Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
2579		definition.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2580		Meteorological Institute.
2581	Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
2582		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2583	Fix return values for IRIX nsd map.  From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2584		Meteorological Institute.
2585	Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions.  Read all
2586		of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
2587		interpret Addr= and Port=.  Problem noted by Valdis
2588		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2589	When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
2590		initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
2591		Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
2592	RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
2593		created.  Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
2594		close.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
2595	Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
2596		overall connections, not the number of connections per
2597		socket.  A future version may change this to per socket
2598		counting.
2599	Portability:
2600		Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
2601			where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t).  Problem
2602			noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
2603		Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
2604			whatis.  From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
2605		UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support.  From Larry
2606			Rosenman.
2607		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
2608			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2609		Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
2610			Solaris 2.5 or earlier.  Problem noted by Bob Hughes
2611			of Pacific Access.
2612		Add preliminary support for AIX 5.  Contributed by
2613			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2614		Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
2615			Microsystems.
2616	CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
2617		is used.  Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
2618		patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2619	CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
2620		FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
2621	CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
2622		implicitly assume canonical host names.
2623	CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db.  Based on
2624		patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2625	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
2626		Virginia Tech.
2627	CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
2628		instead of making it worse.  Problem noted by Motonori
2629		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2630	CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
2631	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error.  Problem noted
2632		by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
2633		gmbh.
2634	CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them.  From Mark
2635		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2636	DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
2637		variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
2638		namespace collisions.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
2639		of Kyoto University.
2640	RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail.  It
2641		causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
2642		installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
2643		another MTA.  The change will re-appear in a future
2644		version.
2645	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
2646		and SunOS 5.8.  Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
2647		College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2648	VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
2649	VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
2650		or *-owner.
2651	New Files:
2652		cf/ostype/aix5.m4
2653		contrib/buildvirtuser
2654		devtools/OS/AIX.5.0
2655
26568.11.1/8.11.1	2000/09/27
2657	Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
2658		name.  Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2659	Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
2660		seeded.  This problem only occurs on systems without
2661		/dev/urandom.  Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
2662		digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
2663		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2664	Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
2665		wildcards.
2666	Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
2667		process may close the connection before the child process
2668		has completed.  Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
2669		Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
2670		Hottgenroth of UUNET.
2671	Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
2672		read the LDAP secret from a file.
2673	Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
2674		the user submits the message and before the first delivery
2675		attempt completes.  Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
2676		Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2677	Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
2678		greater than 2^31.  Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
2679		of EarthLink.
2680	Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
2681	Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
2682		non-existent instead of treating it as /.  Problem noted by
2683		Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
2684	Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item.  Problem
2685		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2686	Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
2687		save rejected email anywhere".  Problem noted by Marc G.
2688		Fournier of Acadia University.
2689	If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
2690		the map so subsequent searches reopen the map.  If there are
2691		multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
2692		one of the others may be able to take over.
2693	Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
2694		previous load average query result.
2695	If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
2696		return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
2697		instead of ignoring the map.  Problem noted by Allan E
2698		Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2699	Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
2700		the split envelopes before the original envelope.
2701	Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
2702		defer if the PH server could not be contacted.  From Mark
2703		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2704	Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
2705		ETRN.  Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
2706	Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
2707		RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869.  Problem
2708		reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
2709	Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS.  Problem
2710		noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
2711	Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
2712		client libraries.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
2713		University of British Columbia.
2714	Portability:
2715		Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
2716			instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
2717			override the setting.  Suggested by
2718			Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
2719		On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
2720			/usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation.  From
2721			Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
2722		On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
2723			does not exist).  From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
2724			College.
2725		Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x.  From
2726			Tom Moore of NCR.
2727		NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man.  From
2728			Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
2729		Solaris 8 and later include /var/run.  The default PID file
2730			location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid.  From John
2731			Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2732		SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
2733			which do not.  From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
2734			Consulting.
2735	CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
2736		Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
2737	CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
2738		errors in the MAIL address.
2739	CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files.  Problem
2740		noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
2741	CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
2742		Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2743	CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
2744		GECOS information for an address.  This more closely
2745		matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior.  From Per Hedeland of
2746		Ericsson.
2747	CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
2748		SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
2749		mailer as described in cf/README.
2750	MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
2751		are obeyed.  Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
2752	MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
2753		makemap to 'unmake' the map.
2754	RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
2755		sendmail.
2756	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2757		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2758		Meteorological Institute.
2759	VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
2760	VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
2761		dot as the only character on the line.
2762	New Files:
2763		cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
2764
27658.11.0/8.11.0	2000/07/19
2766	SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
2767		(not the normal case), some operating systems will still
2768		keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
2769		to drop all of its privileges.  If sendmail needs to drop
2770		these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
2771		saved-uid as well, exit with an error.  Problem noted by
2772		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2773	SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
2774		it populates.  It is possible that some broken
2775		implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
2776		Systems in this category should compile with
2777		-DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1.  Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
2778		system and report broken implementations to
2779		sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor.  Problem
2780		noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
2781	Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
2782		Implementation influenced by the example programs of
2783		OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
2784	Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
2785		ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
2786		ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile.  These are documented in
2787		cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
2788	New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
2789		${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
2790		${server_name}, and ${server_addr}.  These are documented
2791		in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
2792	Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
2793		random data.
2794	New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
2795		don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
2796		try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
2797	Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
2798		support encryption.  Based on code contributed by Tim
2799		Martin of CMU.
2800	Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
2801		strength factor.
2802	LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
2803		(delimiter) flag was not given.  Problem noted by ST Wong of
2804		the Chinese University of Hong Kong.  Fix from Mark Adamson
2805		of CMU.
2806	Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
2807		ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
2808		Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
2809	Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions.  As
2810		documented, unless a family is specified in a
2811		DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default.  It is
2812		also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
2813		Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
2814		by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
2815		they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces.  Problem noted
2816		by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2817	Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
2818		the interface information for an outgoing connection.
2819		Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
2820		family and address used in subsequent connections if the
2821		M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions.  Problem noted
2822		by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2823	If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
2824		family based on the IP address.  ${if_family} is no longer
2825		persistent (i.e., saved in qf files).  Patch from John Beck
2826		of Sun Microsystems.
2827	sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
2828		macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
2829		the outgoing interface address/family.  In order for M=b
2830		modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
2831		the incoming information in the queue file for later
2832		delivery attempts.
2833	Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
2834		responses to commands.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
2835		smoe.org.
2836	Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
2837		to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc().  Problem
2838		noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2839	The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
2840		Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
2841	Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
2842		but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
2843		delivered when it really should have been queued.  Problem
2844		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2845	Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
2846		the SMTP transaction out of sync.  Problem noted by Per
2847		Hedeland of Ericsson.
2848	Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
2849		is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
2850		between sfio and stdio.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert
2851		of Northern Illinois University.
2852	Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log.  Problem
2853		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2854	Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
2855		to kilobyte units.
2856	If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
2857		looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
2858		attempt.  Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
2859		Polytechnic.
2860	Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
2861		as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
2862		queue file and persistent host status.  Problem noted by
2863		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2864	Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
2865		within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
2866		Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2867	Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
2868		sender.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2869	If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
2870		abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
2871		states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
2872	Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
2873		restrictive.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
2874		G. Thomas Consulting.
2875	Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
2876		port number (113).
2877	Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
2878		Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2879	Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
2880		host portions (or there are no recipients).  Problem noted
2881		by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2882	If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
2883		only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
2884		it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
2885		other maps.  Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
2886	Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
2887		authentication.  Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
2888		University of Mainz.
2889	Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
2890		via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
2891	Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile.  Omission
2892		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2893	Portability:
2894		Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
2895			'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others).  From Jun
2896			Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
2897		Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
2898		NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
2899			work properly causing problems if the accept()
2900			fails and the socket needs to be reopened.  Patch
2901			from Tom Moore of NCR.
2902		NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages.  From
2903			Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
2904		Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
2905			for calls to getipnodebyname().  The Linux
2906			implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
2907			under Linux.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
2908			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
2909	CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
2910		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2911	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
2912		confCACERT_PATH			CACERTPath
2913		confCACERT			CACERTFile
2914		confCLIENT_CERT			ClientCertFile
2915		confCLIENT_KEY			ClientKeyFile
2916		confDH_PARAMETERS		DHParameters
2917		confRAND_FILE			RandFile
2918		confSERVER_CERT			ServerCertFile
2919		confSERVER_KEY			ServerKeyFile
2920	CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
2921		tags to the access database to support these policies.  See
2922		cf/README for more information.
2923	CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
2924	CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
2925		called due to a STARTTLS command.
2926	CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
2927		instead of temporary.
2928	CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
2929		the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
2930		tag.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
2931		Consulting.
2932	CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
2933		OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux').  From Tim Pierce of
2934		RootsWeb.com.
2935	CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
2936		forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
2937		possible.  Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
2938		University of Maryland.
2939	CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users.  From
2940		Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
2941	CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
2942		ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
2943		ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
2944		underscore is in OperatorChars.  Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
2945		of the University of Alberta.
2946	CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
2947		Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
2948	CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
2949	CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
2950		of X.509 certificates.
2951	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl:  More protection from special characters;
2952		treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
2953		GECOS full name and username match.  From Ulrich Windl of the
2954		Universitat Regensburg.
2955	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
2956		typo.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2957	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
2958		and sendmail.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2959	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
2960		subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2961	CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
2962		calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
2963		script for movemail.pl).  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2964	CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
2965		makemap).  From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
2966	DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
2967		extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
2968		target.  Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
2969		University.
2970	DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
2971	DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
2972		links.
2973	LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
2974		reported.
2975	MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability.  Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
2976		Denman Tire Corporation.
2977	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
2978		-DCONTENTLENGTH.  Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
2979	MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
2980	MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
2981		and -man on Solaris 7.  Patch from Larry Williamson.
2982	RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf().  Problem noted by David Hayes of
2983		Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
2984	RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
2985		have a From line.
2986	VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
2987		to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
2988	Added Files:
2989		cf/ostype/darwin.m4
2990		contrib/cidrexpand
2991		contrib/link_hash.sh
2992		contrib/movemail.conf
2993		contrib/movemail.pl
2994		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
2995		test/t_snprintf.c
2996
29978.10.2/8.10.2	2000/06/07
2998	SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
2999		On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
3000		the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
3001		process to drop its privileges.  Problem noted by Wojciech
3002		Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
3003	SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
3004		initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
3005	Added Files:
3006		test/t_setuid.c
3007
30088.10.1/8.10.1	2000/04/06
3009	SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
3010		Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
3011		AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage.  We do not
3012		recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
3013		password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers.  See
3014		cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
3015	Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
3016		OSs.  Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
3017	Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
3018	Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
3019		greater than sendmail binary supported version.  Patch
3020		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3021	Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
3022		a segmentation fault when using address test mode.  Based on
3023		patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3024	Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3).  Problem
3025		noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
3026	Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
3027	Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
3028		or higher.
3029	Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
3030		exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
3031	Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
3032	Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
3033		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
3034		Polytechnic Institute.
3035	Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
3036		discards the message.
3037	Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
3038		when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
3039		attempted to the alias.
3040	Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
3041		flag options.
3042	Portability:
3043		SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
3044			AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
3045			linker semantics.  AIX 4.X users should consult
3046			sendmail/README for further information.  Problem
3047			noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3048		Avoid use of strerror(3) call.  Problem noted by Charles
3049			Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
3050		DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
3051			program.  From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
3052		HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
3053		Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
3054			from J. P. McCann of E I A.
3055		Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
3056			Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
3057			Services, LLC.
3058		Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
3059			strlc{at,py}(3) functions.  From Todd C. Miller of
3060			Courtesan Consulting.
3061		SINIX doesn't have random(3).  From Gerald Rinske of
3062			Siemens Business Services.
3063	CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
3064		include the sender address.  Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
3065		of WSRCC.
3066	CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
3067	CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
3068		to be backward compatible with 8.9.
3069	CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
3070		to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
3071	CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
3072	DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored.  Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
3073		of NEC.
3074	DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
3075		(i486).  From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3076	DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
3077		libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
3078		overloaded -L option.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
3079		Virginia Tech.
3080	DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
3081		confNROFF.  Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
3082		University.
3083	DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
3084		for other internal projects but included in the open source
3085		release.
3086	LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
3087		map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
3088		This fixes makemap when building the userdb file.  Problem
3089		noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
3090	LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
3091		it doesn't already exist.  Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
3092		Sendmail.
3093	LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
3094		available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails.  This
3095		fixes praliases.  Patch	from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3096	LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
3097		as SFF_NOWRFILES.
3098	OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags.  Suggested by
3099		Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
3100		Northern Illinois University.
3101	PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
3102		particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
3103		command line.  Man page updated accordingly.  Patch from
3104		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3105	VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
3106		Polytechnique de Montreal.
3107	VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
3108		compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
3109		Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
3110	Added Files:
3111		devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
3112		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
3113	Deleted Files:
3114		contrib/converting.sun.configs
3115	Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
3116		doc/intro
3117		doc/usenix
3118		doc/changes
3119
31208.10.0/8.10.0	2000/03/01
3121	    *************************************************************
3122	    * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered	*
3123	    * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team.	*
3124	    * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering	*
3125	    * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment	*
3126	    * of this release.  It was her vision, dedication, and	*
3127	    * support that has made this release a success.  Julie died	*
3128	    * on October 26, 1999 of cancer.  We have lost a leader, a	*
3129	    * coach, and a friend.					*
3130	    *								*
3131	    * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy,	*
3132	    * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us.	*
3133	    * Julie, we miss you!					*
3134	    *************************************************************
3135	SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
3136		links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
3137		to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
3138		symbolic link target.
3139	SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
3140		the alias map.  Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
3141		"Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3142	SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
3143		the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
3144		sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
3145		(leaving it in an inconsistent state).  This option and
3146		its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
3147		version of sendmail.
3148	SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
3149		stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail.  Problem noted
3150		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
3151		(IdS).
3152	Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This affects
3153		a large number of files.  See cf/README for more details.
3154	The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
3155		for easier code sharing among the programs.
3156	Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554).  New macros for this purpose
3157		are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
3158		which hold the client's authentication credentials,
3159		the mechanism used for authentication, and the
3160		authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
3161		supplied).  Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
3162	On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
3163		distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
3164		file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
3165		disk.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3166	New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3167		memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
3168		used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3169	New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3170		memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
3171		file is used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3172	sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
3173		now listen on several different ports.  Use:
3174		O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
3175		to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
3176		on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
3177		off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
3178	The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated.  Mail user agents should
3179		begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
3180		message submission.  XUSR may disappear from a future release.
3181	The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
3182		indicates that the message being submitted from the command
3183		line is for relaying, not initial submission.  This means
3184		the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
3185		qualified and no canonicalization will be done.  Future
3186		releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
3187	The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
3188		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3189		Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
3190		this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
3191	The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
3192		from the command line is an initial user submission and act
3193		accordingly.
3194	If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
3195		program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
3196		address is marked as unsafe.  This means if RunAsUser is
3197		set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
3198		files in their .forward files.  Administrators can override
3199		this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
3200		setting NonRootSafeAddr.
3201	Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
3202		on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
3203		TrustStickyBit.  Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
3204		InCert Software.
3205	Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
3206		files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
3207		set in the DontBlameSendmail option.  Requested by many.
3208	New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
3209		a control socket request.
3210	New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
3211		settings:
3212		Timeout.resolver.retrans
3213			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3214			seconds).  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3215			and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
3216		Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3217			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3218			seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3219		Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3220			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3221			seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
3222			delivery attempt.
3223		Timeout.resolver.retry
3224			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3225			query.  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3226			and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
3227		Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3228			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3229			query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3230		Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3231			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3232			query for all resolver lookups except the first
3233			delivery attempt.
3234		Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3235	Support multiple queue directories.  To use multiple queues, supply
3236		a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk.  For
3237		example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
3238		directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
3239		'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories.  Keep in
3240		mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
3241		while sendmail is running.  Queue runs create a separate
3242		process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
3243		given on a non-daemon queue run.  New items are randomly
3244		assigned to a queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3245	Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
3246		subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
3247		exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
3248		corresponding queue files.  Keep in mind, the queue
3249		directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
3250		running.  Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
3251		Telecommunications Ltd.
3252	New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
3253		unique for 60 years.  This allows queue IDs to be assigned
3254		without fancy file system locking.  Queued items can be
3255		moved between queues easily.  Contributed by Exactis.com,
3256		Inc.
3257	Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
3258		(e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
3259		set.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3260	New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
3261		syslog.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3262	QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename.  This
3263		avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
3264		to run the queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3265	Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
3266		donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
3267	The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
3268	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
3269		QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
3270		being added.  Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
3271	IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
3272		University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
3273		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3274	In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
3275		connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
3276		Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
3277		Ltd.
3278	The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
3279		on systems which support them.  This can be used with LMTP
3280		local delivery agents which listen on a named socket.  An
3281		example mailer might be:
3282			Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
3283				S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
3284				A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
3285		Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
3286	The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated.  Use [IPC]
3287		instead.
3288	The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
3289		legitimate value.  Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
3290		connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
3291		version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
3292	PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
3293		flags.
3294	PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
3295		body of the original message on delivery status
3296		notifications.
3297	Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set.  Problem noted
3298		by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
3299	Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
3300		Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset.  Problem noted by
3301		Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3302	Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times.  OperatorChars should
3303		not be set after rulesets are defined.  Suggested by
3304		Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3305	Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files.  In
3306		interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
3307		responses after the DATA command.  Problem noted by
3308		Nik Conwell of Boston University.
3309	Check file close when mailing to files.  Problem noted by Nik
3310		Conwell of Boston University.
3311	Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map.  Patch from
3312		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3313	Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
3314		ldap_open() or ldap_init().  Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
3315		@Home Network.
3316	New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
3317		parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted.  See SMTP
3318		AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
3319	Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
3320		check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
3321		similar to check_rcpt etc.
3322	Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
3323		${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
3324		the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
3325		the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
3326		From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3327	New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
3328		call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP.  Proposed
3329		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3330	New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
3331		the corresponding DSN parameter values.  Proposed by
3332		Mathias Herberts.
3333	New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
3334		i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
3335		before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
3336		the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
3337		in check_compat).
3338	The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
3339		sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
3340		option.
3341	New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
3342	Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
3343		a local address.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3344	Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
3345		Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3346	Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
3347	New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
3348		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
3349	Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
3350		is set.
3351	Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
3352		for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
3353	Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
3354		This flag is set by default for the host map.  Based on a
3355		proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
3356	Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
3357	Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
3358	New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
3359		of the sum of all headers.  This can be used to prevent
3360		a denial-of-service attack.
3361	New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
3362		headers and parameters within those headers.  This option
3363		is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
3364		overflow attacks.
3365	Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
3366		alias recursion.
3367	New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
3368	Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
3369	Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
3370		directly before the newline.
3371	New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
3372		dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
3373		/usr/tmp/dead.letter.  If this option is not set (the
3374		default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
3375		system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
3376		to the user nor postmaster.  Instead, it will rename the qf
3377		file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
3378		could not be opened.
3379	New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file.  The
3380		value of this option is macro expanded.
3381	New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
3382		process title shown in 'ps' listings.
3383	New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
3384		(along with the already existing macros):
3385		${daemon_info}      Daemon information, e.g.
3386		                    SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
3387		${daemon_addr}	    Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
3388		${daemon_family}    Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
3389		${daemon_name}      Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
3390		${daemon_port}	    Daemon port, e.g., 25
3391		${queue_interval}   Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
3392	New macros especially for virtual hosting:
3393		${if_name}	hostname of interface of incoming connection.
3394		${if_addr}	address of interface of incoming connection.
3395		The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
3396		loopback net.
3397	If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
3398		would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
3399		Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
3400	Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
3401		Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
3402		${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME).  Suggested by
3403		Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3404		The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
3405	H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks.  This
3406		ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
3407		not have its own ruleset assigned.  Suggested by Jan
3408		Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3409		The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
3410	Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
3411		removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
3412		to 9.  For example, "R$+ ( 1 )		$@ 1" matches the
3413		input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
3414	Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3415		MIME messages.  Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
3416		Multimedia Consumer Services.  Fix from Per Hedeland of
3417		Ericsson.
3418	Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3419		messages with 8-bit text in headers.  Problem noted by
3420		Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College.  Fix from Per Hedeland
3421		of Ericsson.
3422	Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
3423		modified database map file.  Problem noted by Chris Adams
3424		of Renaissance Internet Services.
3425	Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
3426		$#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
3427		queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
3428	Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
3429		standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
3430		something other than 250 is received.  Based on a patch
3431		from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3432	New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
3433		important files instead of root.  This requires HASFCHOWN.
3434	Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
3435		setting USERDB=0 works.  Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
3436	Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
3437		being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
3438		really went wrong.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3439	$? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
3440	Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
3441		equate name.
3442	New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
3443		executing the mailer program.  Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
3444	New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
3445		mailer to return after sending all data to it.
3446	Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
3447		into a previously filled slot.  Previously, the memory was
3448		freed at removal time.  Since removal can happen in a
3449		signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
3450		inconsistent state.  Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
3451		David Cooley of Colby College.
3452	When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
3453		local users in the passwd file.  The UserDB code has
3454		already decided the message will be passed to another host
3455		for processing.  Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
3456		Buckeridge Young Limited.
3457	Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
3458		password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
3459		'-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'.  The
3460		distinguished_name is who to login as.  The method can be
3461		one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
3462		LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  The filename is the file containing the
3463		secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
3464		ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  Patch from Booker Bense
3465		of Stanford University.
3466	The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap.  The use of ldapx is
3467		deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
3468	If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
3469		and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
3470		response into a delimiter separated string.  The LDAP map
3471		will traverse multiple entries as well.  LDAP alias maps
3472		automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
3473		Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
3474		idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
3475	Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup.  The
3476		values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
3477		For example, `-v "email,emailother"'.  Patch from
3478		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3479	Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
3480	If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
3481		attributes found in the match will be returned.
3482	Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
3483		breaking up a single entry into multiple entries.  This is
3484		needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
3485		comma separated key and value strings.
3486	Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
3487		for each lookup.  To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
3488		connections such that multiple maps which use the same
3489		host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
3490		a single connection to that host.
3491	Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
3492	Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
3493		LDAP lookups.
3494	Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
3495		resources.
3496	Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
3497	Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
3498	Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification.  '%s' is still
3499		replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
3500		note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
3501		special characters.  The new '%0' token can be used instead
3502		of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
3503		For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
3504		"(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
3505		equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
3506		user attribute.  Instead, if the LDAP map specification
3507		contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
3508		would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
3509		with the name "*".
3510	New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
3511		more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
3512		being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
3513		alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
3514		matches to return.
3515	New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
3516		LDAP maps.  The value should only contain LDAP specific
3517		settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc.  The
3518		settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
3519		specified in the individual map specification ('K'
3520		command).  This option should be set before any LDAP maps
3521		are defined.
3522	Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
3523		continually fails.  Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
3524		Tech.
3525	Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries.  In
3526		particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
3527		important if you have large classes.
3528	On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
3529		gave error in the queued status message.  Requested by
3530		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3531	Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
3532		configuration.  Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
3533		delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
3534		unless the queued message is selected using one of the
3535		-qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request.  Code
3536		provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
3537	New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
3538		control socket.  This socket allows an external program to
3539		control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
3540		via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
3541		INN news server.  Access to this interface is controlled by
3542		the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
3543		systems (see sendmail/README for more information).  An
3544		example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
3545	Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
3546		RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
3547		number of processors online on the system (if that can be
3548		determined).  For single processor machines, this change
3549		has no effect.
3550	Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
3551		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3552	Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases.  Patch from
3553		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3554	Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
3555		at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
3556	Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
3557		happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
3558	Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
3559		LogLevel 10 or higher.  Previously, only TCP/IP connections
3560		were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher.  Setting
3561		LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
3562		connection-based denial of service attacks.
3563	Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
3564		10 or higher.
3565	Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
3566		information (from= syslog line).
3567	Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
3568		equate (dsn=).
3569	Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
3570	New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
3571		sendmail/README for details.  Contributed by Mark Roth
3572		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3573	Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
3574		bracketed IP address.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
3575		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3576	Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries.  Problem noted by
3577		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3578	When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
3579		the program as the default user and the default group, not
3580		the forward file user.  This change also assures the
3581		:include: directives in aliases are also processed using
3582		the default user and group.  Problem noted by Sergiu
3583		Popovici of DNT Romania.
3584	Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
3585		no home directory (/no/such/directory).  Problem noted by
3586		Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
3587	Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
3588		message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
3589		above).  Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
3590	Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
3591		accepted.  If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
3592		helpful to know the sender of the message.
3593	Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
3594		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3595	Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
3596		interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
3597		multiple files.
3598	Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
3599		greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
3600		version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
3601		the helpfile ($v).  Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
3602		PIPEX.  Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
3603		skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced.  The
3604		helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
3605		version is found, a warning is logged.  The '#vers'
3606		directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
3607	Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
3608		disk succeeded.  Suggested by Nick Christenson.
3609	If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
3610		length before the attempt.
3611	If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
3612		user's uid before checking permissions on the file.  This
3613		allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
3614		root is remapped to nobody.  Problem noted by Harald
3615		Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
3616	purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
3617		host status files, not all files.
3618	Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
3619		in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
3620		is attempted on the queued item.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
3621		Wonderworks Inc.
3622	Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
3623		macro map class.  This can be used to store information
3624		between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
3625		Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
3626		of Hannover.
3627	New map class arith to allow for computations in rules.  The
3628		operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
3629		as key.  The two operands are specified as arguments; the
3630		lookup returns the result of the computation.  For example,
3631		"$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
3632		"$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
3633	Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
3634		include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
3635		flag:
3636			H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
3637		This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
3638		It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
3639		the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
3640	Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
3641		all of the headers have been collected.  The input to the
3642		ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
3643		headers in bytes separated by $|.  This ruleset along with
3644		the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
3645		gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
3646		See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
3647	Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
3648		to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec.  This
3649		option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
3650		version.
3651	Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
3652	Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
3653	Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
3654		if referencing a named ruleset.
3655	New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
3656		delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
3657	Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
3658		using it to sort.  Now all the same domains are really run
3659		through the queue together.  If they have the same MX host,
3660		then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
3661		connection cache if available.  This should be a reasonable
3662		performance improvement.  Patch from Randall Winchester of
3663		the University of Maryland.
3664	If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
3665		have received the message if it had not been rejected.
3666	New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
3667		queue immediately.  No delivery attempt is made.
3668	Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
3669		up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
3670		COMMANDS).
3671	New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
3672		but for outgoing connections.
3673	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
3674		error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
3675			a	require authentication
3676			b	bind to interface through which mail has
3677				been received
3678			c	perform hostname canonification
3679			f	require fully qualified hostname
3680			h	use name of interface for outgoing HELO
3681				command
3682			C	don't perform hostname canonification
3683			E	disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
3684	New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
3685			h	use name of interface for HELO command
3686	The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
3687	Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
3688		to 10 or higher.  Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
3689		Institutes of Health.
3690	If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
3691		format.  Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
3692	Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
3693	Move message priority from sender to recipient logging.  Suggested by
3694		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3695	Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
3696	Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
3697		Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
3698	Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
3699		Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
3700	Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
3701		sub-options is set on the command line.  Problem noted by
3702		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3703	Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
3704		attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
3705		session.  Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
3706	Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
3707	Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
3708		DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
3709		to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
3710	If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
3711		the bounce for the same reason.  If the body is not 8-bit
3712		clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
3713		not be included in the bounce.  Problem noted by Valdis
3714		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3715	The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
3716		'${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
3717		simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
3718		This will detect the inability to send information quicker
3719		and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
3720		timeout.
3721	Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
3722		interface address structure when loading the system network
3723		interface addresses.  Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
3724		Nanoteq.
3725	Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
3726		indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
3727		for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w).  The
3728		default value is 512.  Based on idea from Reinier
3729		Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
3730	If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
3731		on load average.
3732	Allow ruleset 0 to have a name.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3733		Northern Illinois University.
3734	Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
3735		envelope splitting has occurred.
3736	Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
3737		Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
3738	Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
3739	Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
3740		header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
3741		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3742		Institute.
3743	The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
3744		the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}".  This would copy all of
3745		the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
3746	Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
3747		split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
3748		the recipients were added.  Based on fix from Motonori
3749		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3750	Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
3751		addresses.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3752	Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
3753		message.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3754	If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
3755		syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
3756	Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery.  Problem
3757		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3758	On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
3759		login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
3760		This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
3761		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3762	Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
3763		unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
3764	Strip returns from forward and include files.  Problem noted by
3765		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3766	Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
3767		resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
3768		Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3769		University.
3770	Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
3771		pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
3772		the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
3773	If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
3774		ignored and its rules added to S0.  Instead, ignore the
3775		ruleset lines as well.
3776	Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
3777		success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
3778		single address due to S5 and UserDB processing.  Problems
3779		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3780		Institute.
3781	Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
3782		to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
3783		Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
3784	Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
3785		command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
3786		headers.  Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
3787		programs, file, DECnet, etc.
3788	Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
3789		spoof their return address.  Based on idea from Neil Rickert
3790		of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
3791		of Ericsson.
3792	Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
3793		owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
3794		:include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
3795		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3796	Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
3797		the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
3798		response code and drops the connection.  This behavior was
3799		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
3800		sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
3801	If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
3802		file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
3803		a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure.  Fix
3804		from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
3805	Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
3806		instead of spaces between arguments.  Problem noted by Randy
3807		Wormser.  Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3808		University.
3809	Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
3810		by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
3811		privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
3812		'sendmail -bs'.
3813	Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
3814		"statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
3815		them in the .cf file.
3816	Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
3817		success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
3818		systems.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
3819		of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
3820	Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
3821		multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
3822	Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
3823		will be added even if one already exists.  Problem noted
3824		by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3825	Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
3826		This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
3827		with commands and then disconnecting.  Previously, the
3828		server would process all of the buffered commands.  Problem
3829		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3830	Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'.  Problem
3831		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3832	If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
3833		last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist.  Otherwise, use
3834		the last temporary (4XX) failure.
3835	RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case.  Patch
3836		from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
3837	Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
3838		prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
3839		site which drops IDENT packets.  Suggested by many.
3840	Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
3841		is available in the in-memory cache.  Problem noted by Per
3842		Hedeland of Ericsson.
3843	mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
3844		representation and a leading backslash.  This avoids problems
3845		with "unprintable" characters.  Problem noted by Michal
3846		Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3847	The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
3848		one character past the limit.  This would cause subsequent
3849		hops to break the line again.  The '!' is now placed in
3850		the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
3851		Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.  Based on fix
3852		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3853	If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
3854		resolver will fall back to TCP.  However, some
3855		misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
3856		fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed.  Therefore,
3857		don't fail on ANY queries.
3858	If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
3859		address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
3860		to the postmaster.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3861		Northern Illinois University.
3862	Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
3863		specification.  Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
3864		State University.
3865	Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
3866		cached connections.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3867		Northern Illinois University.
3868	Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
3869		"host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
3870	Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
3871	Portability:
3872		Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
3873			the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
3874			other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
3875			is not available.  Problem noted by Allan E
3876			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3877		AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
3878			This allows network interface probing to work
3879			properly.  Fix from David Bronder of the
3880			University of Iowa.
3881		AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
3882		Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
3883			AIX.  This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
3884			name.
3885		Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
3886		Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
3887			Virginia Tech.
3888		Digital UNIX has uname(2).
3889		GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
3890			Amsterdam.
3891		Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
3892		Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
3893			FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
3894		Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
3895			files.  Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
3896			in building the operating system.  Users can
3897			override the defaults by setting confCC and
3898			confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
3899		IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
3900		Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
3901		Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
3902			of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
3903		Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
3904			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
3905		Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
3906			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
3907		Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
3908			Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
3909		NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support.  From
3910			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3911		NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
3912			_PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
3913			NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
3914		Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
3915		NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
3916			1024 in conf.h.  Since confENVDEF would be used,
3917			use that value in conf.h.
3918		Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name.  From Gerd Knops of
3919			BITart Consulting.
3920		Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
3921			AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
3922			defined.  Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
3923			Computer, Inc.
3924		NeXT portability tweaks.  Problems reported by Dragan
3925			Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
3926			of E I A.
3927		New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
3928			can reuse the same PID in the same second.
3929		New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
3930			fchown(2).
3931		New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
3932			not have random(3).  rand() will be used instead.
3933		New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
3934			srandomdev(3).
3935		New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
3936			setlogin(2).
3937		Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
3938			specific SINIX files.  From Gerald Rinske of
3939			Siemens Business Services.
3940		Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
3941			average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
3942			UNIX).  From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
3943		Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.  Suggested by
3944			Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
3945		Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
3946			Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3947			Aerospace.
3948		Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
3949			HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
3950			NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
3951		New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
3952			use of getservbyname() on systems which can
3953			not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
3954			HI-UX.  Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
3955			University.
3956		Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x.  Problem noted
3957			by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
3958			Technology Information Network.
3959		make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2.  Problem
3960			noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
3961		Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
3962		Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
3963			and OpenBSD.
3964		A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
3965			of local_hostname_length().  See sendmail/README
3966			for more details.  Problem noted by Allan E
3967			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3968	CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This
3969		affects a large number of files.  See cf/README for more
3970		details.
3971	CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
3972		trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
3973	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
3974	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
3975		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3976		BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
3977	CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root.  This
3978		requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd').  From Todd C. Miller of
3979		Courtesan Consulting.
3980	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
3981	CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
3982		domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
3983		be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
3984	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
3985		DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
3986		multiple times.
3987	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
3988		mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
3989		with From:).
3990	CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
3991		From:, To:) to enable finer control.
3992	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
3993		routing.  See cf/README for a complete description of the
3994		new functionality.
3995	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3996		confAUTH_MECHANISMS		AuthMechanisms
3997		confAUTH_OPTIONS		AuthOptions
3998		confCLIENT_OPTIONS		ClientPortOptions
3999		confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME		ControlSocketName
4000		confDEAD_LETTER_DROP		DeadLetterDrop
4001		confDEF_AUTH_INFO		DefaultAuthInfo
4002		confDF_BUFFER_SIZE		DataFileBufferSize
4003		confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC		LDAPDefaultSpec
4004		confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION		MaxAliasRecursion
4005		confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH		MaxHeadersLength
4006		confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH	MaxMimeHeaderLength
4007		confPID_FILE			PidFile
4008		confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX	ProcessTitlePrefix
4009		confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN		RrtImpliesDsn
4010		confTO_CONTROL			Timeout.control
4011		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS		Timeout.resolver.retrans
4012		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
4013		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
4014		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY		Timeout.resolver.retry
4015		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retry.first
4016		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
4017		confTRUSTED_USER		TrustedUser
4018		confXF_BUFFER_SIZE		XscriptFileBufferSize
4019	CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
4020		which takes the options as argument and can be used
4021		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
4022	CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
4023		"dsmtp".  This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
4024		F=% mailer flag described above.  The "dsmtp" mailer
4025		definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
4026		to "IPC $h".
4027	CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
4028		and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
4029		local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
4030	CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
4031		the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer.  The
4032		value should be changed with care.
4033	CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
4034		for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
4035	CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
4036		there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
4037		complain.
4038	CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
4039		to get the old behavior.  Suggested by Joe Pruett
4040		of Q7 Enterprises.
4041	CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
4042		will not be masqueraded.  Proposed by Arne Wichmann
4043		of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
4044		Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
4045	CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
4046		specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
4047		i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
4048		for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
4049		of Northern Illinois University.
4050	CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
4051		FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
4052		a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
4053	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
4054		nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
4055		in it.
4056	CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
4057		in class 'P' ($=P).
4058	CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
4059		can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
4060		FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
4061		class also to entire subdomains.  Hosts in this class are
4062		treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
4063		is added.
4064	CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
4065		include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
4066	CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
4067		genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
4068	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
4069		Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
4070	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups.  Suggested
4071		by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
4072	CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
4073		Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
4074	CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w.  Suggested by Steve
4075		Hubert of University of Washington.
4076	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
4077		GNU is now the canonical system name.  From Mark
4078		Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
4079	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
4080	CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
4081		associated with the option.  From Andrew Brown of
4082		Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
4083	CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer.  Contributed
4084		by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
4085		Services.
4086	CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
4087		names.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4088		Aerospace.
4089	CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
4090		for the relay mailer.  Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
4091		University and Brian Candler.
4092	CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
4093		header) by default.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4094	CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
4095		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4096		Institute.
4097	CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
4098		i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
4099	CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
4100		who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
4101		is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
4102	CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
4103		after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
4104	CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
4105		feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
4106		sequence maps.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4107	CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
4108		line string for the local mailer.  Requested by Il Oh of
4109		Willamette Industries, Inc.
4110	CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
4111		converted to <user@d>
4112	CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
4113		Sun's older, broken configuration files.
4114	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
4115		normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
4116		performed.
4117	CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
4118		${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
4119		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4120		Institute.
4121	CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
4122		be accessed by their numbers).
4123	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
4124		which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
4125		of an address.
4126	CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
4127		to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
4128		set.  If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
4129		action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
4130	CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
4131		and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
4132		The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
4133	CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
4134		where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
4135	CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4136	CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
4137		line.  Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
4138		Institute.
4139	CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
4140	CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
4141		arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
4142		mailer definition flags.  This makes it possible to use
4143		other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
4144	CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
4145		FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
4146		Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
4147	CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
4148		default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
4149	CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
4150		local mailer.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4151	CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
4152		University of California at Berkeley.
4153	CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
4154		Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4155	CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names.  Patch from
4156		Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
4157	CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4158		Corporation UK.
4159	CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
4160	DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
4161		the Build scripts.  Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
4162		Yale University.
4163	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
4164		be used for building.
4165	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
4166		used for a fresh build.
4167	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
4168	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
4169		ranlib.
4170	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
4171		<path>/obj.*.  Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
4172	DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
4173		building of the man pages when defined.  Suggested by Bryan
4174		Costales.
4175	DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
4176		confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
4177		installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
4178		respectively.  Suggested by Bryan Costales.
4179	DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX.  Patch from Gerald Rinske
4180		of Siemens Business Services.
4181	DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
4182		stdio library.  The new buffered file I/O depends on the
4183		Torek stdio library.  This option can be either portable or
4184		torek.
4185	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
4186		correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
4187		They should contain the C source files for the object files
4188		listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD.  These file names
4189		will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
4190	DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
4191		in the sendmail distribution.  Each has the form
4192		`conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
4193		The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
4194		conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
4195	DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign.  This should have little affect on
4196		building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
4197		are in devtools/README.
4198	DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
4199		exists.  Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4200	DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
4201		the path to the sendmail source directory.  confSRCDIR is a
4202		new variable which identifies the root of the source
4203		directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
4204	DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
4205		time.  They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
4206		macro.
4207	DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
4208	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
4209		build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
4210		Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
4211		directories.  Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
4212		Corporation.
4213	DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
4214		manual pages in the directory tree specified by
4215		confMANROOTMAN.
4216	DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
4217		preformatted pages from the distribution.  The new variable
4218		confCOPY specifies the copying program.
4219	DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
4220		question.  Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
4221		Communications.
4222	DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
4223		of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
4224	DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
4225		operating system identity.  Problem noted by Erik
4226		Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
4227	DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
4228		will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
4229		Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
4230	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
4231		how to strip binaries.  These are used by the new
4232		install-strip target.
4233	DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
4234		the others (if it exists).
4235	DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
4236		then the default ones.
4237	MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root.  To use mail.local
4238		as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
4239		MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
4240		to set the S flag.
4241	MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
4242		accepted by sendmail.  Suggested by Neil Rickert of
4243		Northern Illinois University.
4244	MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
4245		8BITMIME in the LHLO response.  Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
4246		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4247	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
4248		MAILLOCK when compiling.  Also requires linking with
4249		-lmail.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4250		University.
4251	MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
4252		defined when compiling.  Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
4253		and later.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4254		University.
4255	MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
4256		structure to the beginning of the program.  This ensures that
4257		the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
4258		unauthenticated user.  If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
4259		on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
4260		"authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
4261		key."  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4262		University.
4263	MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
4264		set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
4265		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4266	MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
4267		characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
4268		line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
4269		newline).  If an input line was 2047 characters long
4270		(excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
4271		mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
4272		user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
4273		If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
4274		mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
4275		what they have written.  Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
4276		Alcatel Australia Limited.
4277	MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
4278		temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota.  Suggested by
4279		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4280	MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
4281		timeout to avoid starvation.
4282	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
4283		local-parts.  Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
4284		Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4285	MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4286	MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
4287		printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
4288		is reset.  Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
4289		of Maryland.
4290	MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
4291		generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
4292		sendmail configuration file.
4293	MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
4294		configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
4295		option.
4296	MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database.  Based on
4297		code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4298	MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values.  Suggested by Philip
4299		A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
4300	MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems.  Problem
4301		noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
4302	OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
4303		equates.  Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
4304	OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation.  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4305		Corporation UK.
4306	OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
4307		(e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
4308		option was specified on the command line).  Problem noted
4309		by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
4310	PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
4311		Berkeley DB.  Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
4312		Institute for Global Communications.
4313	PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
4314		alias file(s) if the -f option is not used.  Patch from
4315		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4316	PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
4317		configuration file to use for finding alias file(s).  Patch
4318		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4319	SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit.  Allow command
4320		lists using || and &&.  Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
4321		of the Institute for Global Communications.
4322	SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system.  From Tim Pierce
4323		of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
4324	VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
4325	LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library.  Works with Berkeley
4326		DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
4327	Changed Files:
4328		The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
4329			no longer symbolic links.  They are now scripts
4330			which execute the actual Build script in
4331			devtools/bin.
4332		All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
4333			-mandoc as they were previously.
4334		Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
4335			of Build will work (unless parameters are
4336			required for Build).
4337	New Directories:
4338		devtools/M4/UNIX
4339		include
4340		libmilter
4341		libsmdb
4342		libsmutil
4343		vacation
4344	Renamed Directories:
4345		BuildTools => devtools
4346		src => sendmail
4347	Deleted Files:
4348		cf/m4/nullrelay.m4
4349		devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
4350		devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4351		devtools/OS/SINIX
4352		sendmail/ldap_map.h
4353	New Files:
4354		INSTALL
4355		PGPKEYS
4356		cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
4357		cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
4358		cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
4359		cf/feature/dnsbl.m4
4360		cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
4361		cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
4362		cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
4363		cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
4364		cf/mailer/qpage.m4
4365		cf/ostype/bsdi.m4
4366		cf/ostype/hpux11.m4
4367		cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
4368		contrib/bounce-resender.pl
4369		contrib/domainmap.m4
4370		contrib/qtool.8
4371		contrib/qtool.pl
4372		devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
4373		devtools/M4/list.m4
4374		devtools/M4/string.m4
4375		devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
4376		devtools/M4/switch.m4
4377		devtools/OS/Darwin
4378		devtools/OS/GNU
4379		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
4380		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
4381		devtools/OS/m88k
4382		devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
4383		mail.local/Makefile
4384		mailstats/Makefile
4385		makemap/Makefile
4386		praliases/Makefile
4387		rmail/Makefile
4388		sendmail/Makefile
4389		sendmail/bf.h
4390		sendmail/bf_portable.c
4391		sendmail/bf_portable.h
4392		sendmail/bf_torek.c
4393		sendmail/bf_torek.h
4394		sendmail/shmticklib.c
4395		sendmail/statusd_shm.h
4396		sendmail/timers.c
4397		sendmail/timers.h
4398		smrsh/Makefile
4399		vacation/Makefile
4400	Renamed Files:
4401		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
4402		sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
4403		sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
4404		sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
4405		sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
4406		sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
4407		sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
4408		sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
4409		cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
4410	Copied Files:
4411		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
4412
44138.9.3/8.9.3	1999/02/04
4414	SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
4415		of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
4416		service attack.  This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
4417		Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
4418		Schools" project (IdS).
4419	Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
4420		was closed due to an earlier failure.  Problem noted by
4421		Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.  Fix from Booker Bense of
4422		Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4423	Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
4424		when performing the MIME header length check.  This
4425		will allow PGP signatures to function properly.  Problem
4426		noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
4427	If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
4428		the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
4429		broken" error.  Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
4430		Stanley.  Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4431	Allow -T to work for bestmx maps.  Fix from Aaron Schrab of
4432		ExecPC Internet Systems.
4433	During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
4434		TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
4435		for later retry but the failure would be logged as
4436		"Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout.  Problem noted by
4437		Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
4438		and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
4439	Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
4440		F=w mailer flag is not set.  Problem noted by Murray S.
4441		Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
4442		Hedeland of Ericsson.
4443	Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
4444		default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
4445		Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
4446		College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
4447	Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
4448		in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
4449	Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
4450		requiring 354.  This change will match the wording to be
4451		published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
4452		group of the IETF.
4453	Portability:
4454		AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
4455			bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2.  This introduces the
4456			softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
4457			not be used.  It conflicts with the resolver
4458			built into libc.a.  "bind" has been removed
4459			from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
4460			Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
4461			to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
4462			Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
4463			Technical University of Denmark.
4464		CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
4465			Supercomputer Center.
4466		Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
4467			from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
4468			John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
4469			of Stanford University.
4470		Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
4471			between different releases.  Back out the
4472			change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
4473			a timezone.  Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
4474			of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
4475			and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
4476		Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
4477			of Siemens/SNI.
4478		SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4479	CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
4480		timezone.  Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
4481		University of Brno.
4482	CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
4483		when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local).  Patch from Neil W.
4484		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4485	CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
4486		hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:.  Patch from
4487		Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4488	CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value.  Patch from
4489		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
4490	CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
4491		on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
4492		Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4493	CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
4494		cause later checks to fail.  Patch from Paul J Murphy of
4495		MIDS Europe.
4496	New Files:
4497		BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
4498		BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4499		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
4500
45018.9.2/8.9.2	1998/12/30
4502	SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
4503		due to an accept() failure.  This sleep could be used
4504		for a denial of service attack.
4505	Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
4506		Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4507	Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
4508		host status.  Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4509		Corporation UK.
4510	Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
4511		Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
4512	Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
4513		Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
4514	Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
4515		noetrn flag.  This is scheduled to change in a future
4516		version of sendmail.  Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
4517		Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
4518		Internet Services.
4519	When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
4520		environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
4521		default domain appended.  Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
4522		Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
4523	Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
4524		'RCPT TO: (comment)'.  Problem noted by Earle Ake of
4525		Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
4526	Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec.  Patch from
4527		Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4528	Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
4529		a segmentation fault.  Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
4530		National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
4531	Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
4532		verification (-bv).  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
4533		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4534	Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
4535		daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
4536		condition.  Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
4537		Internet Services.
4538	Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
4539		in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist.  Problem
4540		noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
4541	Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
4542		Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
4543		its memory pool.  Closing a map opened by another process
4544		will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
4545		parent process leaving things in a bad state.  For
4546		Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
4547		is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
4548		the map file descriptor.  Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
4549		Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
4550		extended testing.
4551	Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
4552		failures.  Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
4553	On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
4554		as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
4555		stop sending output and exit.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen
4556		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4557	In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
4558		are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
4559		failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
4560		Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
4561		Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
4562	Fix by one error reporting on long alias names.  Problem noted by
4563		H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
4564		Network.
4565	Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior.  Problem
4566		noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
4567	When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
4568		be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
4569		boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line.  Problem
4570		noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc.  Fix from
4571		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4572	Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
4573		has enough space for the additional address.  Problem
4574		noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
4575	Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior.  Problem
4576		noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
4577	If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
4578		discard the current recipient.  Unlike check_relay,
4579		check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
4580		discarded.  Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs.  Fix from
4581		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4582	Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
4583		bogus formatting.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4584		Meteorological Institute.
4585	Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
4586	OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers.  Fix
4587		from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
4588	Portability:
4589		Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
4590		Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
4591			option structure.  Problem noted by Ashley M.
4592			Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
4593		Break out IP address to hostname translation for
4594			reading network interface addresses into
4595			class 'w'.  Patch from John Kennedy of
4596			Cal State University, Chico.
4597		AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
4598			from changing the semantics of the compiled
4599			program.  From Simon Travaglia of the
4600			University of Waikato, New Zealand.
4601		FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext().  From
4602			Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4603		FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4604		IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes.  From
4605			Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
4606		IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
4607		LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
4608			of Sun Microsystems.
4609		Linux does not implement seteuid() properly.  From
4610			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4611		Linux timezone type was set improperly.  From Takeshi Itoh
4612			of Bits Co., Ltd.
4613		NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS.  From
4614			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4615		NeXT 4.x correction to man page path.  From J. P. McCann
4616			of E I A.
4617		System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
4618			from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
4619			Information Center.
4620		ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
4621			Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
4622			Institute.
4623		Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr().  Fix from Henk
4624			van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
4625	CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
4626		Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc.  Fix from
4627		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4628	CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
4629		there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
4630		not be the one in use.  Suggested by Alan Brown of
4631		Manawatu Internet Services.
4632	CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
4633		when stripping down a recipient address to check for
4634		relaying.  Patch from Claus Assmann of
4635		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
4636		of Northern Illinois University.
4637	CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups.  Patch
4638		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
4639		Kiel.
4640	CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
4641		Dot Com.
4642	CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning.  Patch
4643		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
4644		Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4645	CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
4646		user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
4647		checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
4648		used.  Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
4649		Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
4650		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4651	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
4652		stream.  Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
4653	MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP.  Fix
4654		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4655	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP.  Fix from
4656		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4657	MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
4658		the envelope From header.
4659	MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
4660		Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
4661	MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
4662		Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
4663	MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
4664		the -s flag.  Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
4665		Portal Services, Inc.
4666	PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
4667		NULL byte at the end of the key.  Patch from John Beck of
4668		Sun Microsystems.
4669	PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
4670	New Files:
4671		BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
4672		BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
4673		cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
4674		contrib/smcontrol.pl
4675		src/control.c
4676
46778.9.1/8.9.1	1998/07/02
4678	If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
4679		site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
4680		instead of both.  Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
4681		the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
4682	Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
4683		multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
4684		file descriptor.  Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4685		Meteorological Institute.
4686	Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
4687		the header area when parsing MIME headers.  Problem noted
4688		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4689	Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
4690		installation commands.  The man pages would still be
4691		built with .0 extensions.  Problem noted by Bryan
4692		Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4693	Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
4694		variable.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4695	If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
4696		were still delivered.  Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
4697	Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
4698		if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
4699		Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
4700	Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
4701		in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
4702		and then back.  Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
4703		University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
4704	Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
4705		set in the PrivacyOptions option.  Fix from Ted Rule of
4706		Flextech TV.
4707	Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
4708		bouncing the message.  Problem noted by David Lindes of
4709		DaveLtd Enterprises.
4710	Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
4711		compilation.  Installation may be done from a read-only
4712		mount.  Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
4713		Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
4714	Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit.  Problem
4715		noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
4716	Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory.  Problem noted
4717		by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
4718	Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
4719		any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
4720		exist.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
4721	Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
4722		gethostbyname().  Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
4723		University.
4724	If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
4725		5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2.  Similarly, for
4726		non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
4727		mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
4728		Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
4729		Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
4730	Portability:
4731		Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
4732			use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
4733			From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
4734			and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
4735		BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions.  From Jeff Polk
4736			of BSDI.
4737		DomainOS detection for Build.  Also, version 10.4 and later
4738			ship a unistd.h.  Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
4739			PICT Inc.
4740		NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages.  From
4741			J. P. McCann of E I A.
4742		SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support.  From Vlado Potisk
4743			of TEMPEST, Ltd.
4744	CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
4745		qualification.  Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
4746		Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
4747		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4748	CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
4749		BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
4750		Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
4751	CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
4752		messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>.  LMTP
4753		would not accept @@hostname.
4754	OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
4755		Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
4756	RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
4757		as this rmail isn't the same as others.  Suggested by
4758		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4759	New Files:
4760		BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
4761
47628.9.0/8.9.0	1998/05/19
4763	SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
4764		readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
4765		class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
4766		(i.e., group or world writable) directory paths.  Sites
4767		which need the ability to override security can use the
4768		DontBlameSendmail option.  See the README file for more
4769		information.
4770	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
4771		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
4772		This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
4773		world writable directories.
4774	SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
4775		it is in a world writable directory.
4776	SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
4777		tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
4778		Unfortunately this breaks -v mode.  Problem noted by
4779		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
4780		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
4781	SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
4782		prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
4783		privileges.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
4784	SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
4785		gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
4786		that has a non-zero uid.  If none of these exist, sendmail
4787		reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
4788		This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
4789		uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon.  If DefaultUser
4790		is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
4791		default.
4792	SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
4793		interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
4794		RunAsUser option.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
4795		the University of Maryland.
4796	Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Based on patch from John Kennedy
4797		of Cal State University, Chico.
4798	Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB).  Users
4799		which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
4800		current version of Berkeley DB.
4801	Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
4802		From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4803	Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
4804		UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
4805		of Maryland.
4806	Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
4807		configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
4808		do not have getusershell().  Fix from John Beck of Sun
4809		Microsystems.
4810	On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
4811		argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
4812		last argument was either "-q" or "-d".  Problem noted by
4813		Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
4814	Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
4815		mail.local on the F=z flag.
4816	Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile.  Previously this was
4817		only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
4818		macro expansion.  Now $x will be expanded.  This means that
4819		real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
4820	TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
4821		reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
4822		Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
4823		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
4824		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
4825	DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
4826		would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
4827		Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
4828		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4829	Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
4830		valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM.  Fix from Andreas Luik
4831		of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
4832	Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules.  This eliminates
4833		the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
4834		to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
4835	Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
4836		recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
4837		transaction.  After this number is reached, sendmail
4838		starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
4839		commands.  This can be used to limit the number of recipients
4840		per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
4841		for spamming).  Note: a better approach is to restrict
4842		relaying entirely.
4843	Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
4844		to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
4845		avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
4846		Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
4847	Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters.  For example,
4848		'-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
4849		bar in their address.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
4850		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4851	The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
4852		passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag.  This can be
4853		used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
4854		of a message.  This can be used to help prevent relaying.
4855		Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4856	Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
4857		sender for those failures.
4858	Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
4859		preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
4860		has been determined.  Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
4861		Technical University of Braunschweig.  Patch from Per Hedeland
4862		of Ericsson.
4863	Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
4864		when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
4865		output easier to decipher.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
4866		of Procter & Gamble.
4867	The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
4868		given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
4869		solely the argument in error.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
4870		of Procter & Gamble.
4871	New DontBlameSendmail option.  This option allows administrators to
4872		bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
4873		of system security.  This should only be used if you are
4874		absolutely sure you know the consequences.  The available
4875		DontBlameSendmail options are:
4876			Safe
4877			AssumeSafeChown
4878			ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
4879			ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
4880			GroupWritableDirPathSafe
4881			GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
4882			GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
4883			GroupWritableAliasFile
4884			HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
4885			WorldWritableAliasFile
4886			ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
4887			IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
4888			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
4889			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
4890			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
4891			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
4892			MapInUnsafeDirPath
4893			LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
4894			LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
4895			LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
4896			LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
4897			LinkedMapInWritableDir
4898			LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
4899			FileDeliveryToHardLink
4900			FileDeliveryToSymLink
4901			WriteMapToHardLink
4902			WriteMapToSymLink
4903			WriteStatsToHardLink
4904			WriteStatsToSymLink
4905			RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
4906			RunWritableProgram
4907	New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
4908		interface names in $=w on startup.  In particular, if you
4909		have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
4910		startup.  However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
4911		sent to those addresses will be bounced.
4912	Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
4913		AutoRebuildAliases is set.
4914	Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
4915		Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
4916	Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
4917	When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
4918		a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
4919		and compare results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup
4920		fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
4921		surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
4922	New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
4923		(i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
4924		contrast to the success case).
4925	New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax.  A config line
4926		of the form:
4927			HHeader: $>Ruleset
4928		causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
4929		when read.  This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
4930		that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
4931	Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
4932		from hiding their connection information in Received:
4933		headers.
4934	When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
4935		are skipped.  This will cause the delivering process to
4936		try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
4937		hosts are available.  Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
4938	The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
4939		A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u.  It also
4940		obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
4941		7/8 bit conversion flags.  This is useful for defining
4942		a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
4943		recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
4944	Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
4945		if the remote connection closes the socket before the
4946		remote identity can be queried.
4947	Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
4948		Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
4949		uid is left unchanged by sendmail.  Problem noted by Per
4950		Hedeland of Ericsson.
4951	No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
4952		is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
4953		some of the details are determined dynamically via
4954		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
4955	The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
4956		mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
4957		the new Build method which creates an operating system
4958		specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
4959	Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
4960		a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
4961		same host).  This is necessary if the remote host sends
4962		a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
4963		as is common in anti-spam configurations.  Problem noted
4964		by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4965	New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
4966		rulesets.  If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
4967		$#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
4968		message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
4969		This means that even if only one of the recipients
4970		resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
4971		will receive the mail.  Suggested by Brian Kantor.
4972	All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
4973		instead of being delivered.  Problem noted by John Caruso
4974		of CNET: The Computer Network.
4975	Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
4976	Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
4977		an error.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4978	Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
4979		hostname via NetInfo.  Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
4980	Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
4981		macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
4982		rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
4983		Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
4984	If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
4985		error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
4986		in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
4987		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4988	Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
4989		before calling the check_relay ruleset.  Suggested by Scott
4990		Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4991	Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
4992		exit code of 79.  Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
4993		Internet.  Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
4994		Institute.
4995	Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
4996		mail.local.
4997	Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
4998		R$*	$( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $).  Patch from
4999		Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
5000	Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
5001		which have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
5002		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5003	Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
5004		address test mode (-bt).  Problem noted by Bryan Costales
5005		of InfoBeat, Inc.
5006	-qR could sometimes match names incorrectly.  Problem noted by
5007		Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
5008	Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
5009		mailstats command.
5010	Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
5011		StatusFile for display by the mailstats command.  Patch
5012		from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5013	IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
5014		user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
5015		username@site to differentiate the two.  Suggested by
5016		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5017	Enforce timeout for LDAP queries.  Patch from Per Hedeland of
5018		Ericsson.
5019	Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
5020		replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes.  Also
5021		avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots.  Fix from
5022		Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
5023	If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
5024		queue entry five times before giving up.  Previously, it
5025		was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
5026		to run out of inodes.  Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
5027		Stratus Computer, Inc.
5028	In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
5029		currently supported version.
5030	Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive.  Patch
5031		from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5032	Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
5033		the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
5034		it contains characters which must be quoted.  Problem noted
5035		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5036	Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
5037		releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
5038		In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
5039		message in error bounces.
5040	Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
5041		accompanying text.  Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
5042		Digital Equipment Corporation.
5043	Portability:
5044		AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
5045			of Kyoto University.
5046		AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>.  Patch from
5047			Randall S. Winchester of the University of
5048			Maryland.
5049		AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
5050		CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
5051			in Finland.
5052		Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
5053			disk space.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5054			the University of Maryland.
5055		HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
5056			Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
5057		IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5058			Meteorological Institute.
5059		IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
5060			of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
5061		IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
5062		IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
5063		QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
5064		SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
5065			to sendmail.  Install with group bin instead of kmem
5066			as kmem does not exist.  From Guillermo Freige of
5067			Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
5068			Fischer of BTG, Inc.
5069		SunOS 4.X does not include memmove().  Patch from
5070			Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5071		SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
5072			load average.  Patch from John Beck of Sun
5073			Microsystems.
5074	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
5075	CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
5076		map for the various maps.  The default is hash.  Patch from
5077		Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
5078	CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
5079		directory for certain programs.
5080	CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
5081		local mail delivery.  By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
5082		is used.  This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
5083		with 8.9 which is LMTP capable.  The path is based on the
5084		new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
5085	CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
5086		FEATURE(smrsh).  Note that this changes the default from
5087		/usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh.  To obtain the
5088		old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
5089	CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
5090		include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
5091		the user to setup different .forward files for
5092		user+detail addressing.
5093	CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
5094		and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
5095		DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
5096	CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
5097		from outside your domain and sending it to another host
5098		outside your domain).
5099	CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
5100		any site to any site.
5101	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
5102		domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
5103	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
5104		the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
5105	CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
5106		feature.  This database gives you the ability to allow
5107		or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
5108		administrative reasons.  By default, names that are listed
5109		as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
5110	CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
5111		used for class 'R'.  Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
5112	CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
5113		to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
5114	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
5115		of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
5116		host names only.
5117	CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check).  Normally, if a recipient
5118		using % addressing is used, e.g.  user%site@othersite,
5119		and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
5120		will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
5121		This feature changes that behavior.  It should not be
5122		needed for most installations.
5123	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
5124		domain portion of the mail sender is a local host.  This
5125		should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
5126		a window for spammers.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5127		the University of Maryland.
5128	CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
5129		block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
5130		usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
5131	CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
5132		refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
5133		be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
5134	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
5135		unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
5136	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
5137		MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
5138	CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
5139		Realtime Blackhole List.  You can specify the RBL name
5140		server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
5141		The default is rbl.maps.vix.com.  For details, see
5142		http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
5143	CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
5144		Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
5145		check_rcpt.  Users with local rulesets should place the
5146		rules using LOCAL_RULESETS.  If a Local_check_* ruleset
5147		returns $#OK, the message is accepted.  If the ruleset
5148		returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
5149		the return of the ruleset is ignored.
5150	CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
5151		default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
5152	CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
5153		pick the proper default value.  See the SECURITY note
5154		above for more information.
5155	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
5156		no-op.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5157		Meteorological Institute.
5158	CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
5159		daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
5160		sender if run as mailnull.  See the Digital UNIX section
5161		of src/README for more information.  Problem noted by
5162		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5163	CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
5164		.mc files instead of in the obj directory.
5165	CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
5166		confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
5167		setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
5168		MustQuoteChars respectively.
5169	MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout.  This
5170		SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
5171		status on a per-user basis.  Code donated by John Myers of
5172		CMU (now of Netscape).
5173	MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
5174		University of Maryland.  NOTE: mail.local is not
5175		compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format.  Be sure to
5176		read mail.local/README.
5177	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
5178		mailbox lock.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
5179		University of Maryland.
5180	MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
5181		University, Chico.
5182	MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5183		Meteorological Institute.
5184	MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
5185		in the StatusFile.  Patch from Randall Winchester of the
5186		University of Maryland.
5187	MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
5188		such as linked files in world writable directories.
5189	MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
5190	PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
5191	PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support.  Problem
5192		noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
5193		Braunschweig.
5194	RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms.  Patches from
5195		Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
5196		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5197	Changed Files:
5198		src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
5199			the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
5200		src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
5201	New Files:
5202		BuildTools/M4/header.m4
5203		BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
5204		BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
5205		BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
5206		BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
5207		BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
5208		BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
5209		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
5210		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
5211		BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
5212		BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
5213		BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
5214		BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
5215		BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
5216		BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
5217		BuildTools/OS/QNX
5218		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
5219		BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
5220		BuildTools/README
5221		BuildTools/Site/README
5222		BuildTools/bin/Build
5223		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
5224		BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
5225		BuildTools/bin/install.sh
5226		Makefile
5227		cf/cf/Build
5228		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
5229		cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
5230		cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
5231		cf/feature/access_db.m4
5232		cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
5233		cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
5234		cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
5235		cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
5236		cf/feature/rbl.m4
5237		cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
5238		cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
5239		cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
5240		cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
5241		cf/ostype/qnx.m4
5242		contrib/doublebounce.pl
5243		mail.local/Build
5244		mail.local/Makefile.m4
5245		mail.local/README
5246		mailstats/Build
5247		mailstats/Makefile.m4
5248		makemap/Build
5249		makemap/Makefile.m4
5250		praliases/Build
5251		praliases/Makefile.m4
5252		rmail/Build
5253		rmail/Makefile.m4
5254		rmail/rmail.0
5255		smrsh/Build
5256		smrsh/Makefile.m4
5257		src/Build
5258		src/Makefile.m4
5259		src/snprintf.c
5260	Deleted Files:
5261		cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
5262		mail.local/Makefile
5263		mail.local/Makefile.dist
5264		mailstats/Makefile
5265		mailstats/Makefile.dist
5266		makemap/Makefile
5267		makemap/Makefile.dist
5268		praliases/Makefile
5269		praliases/Makefile.dist
5270		rmail/Makefile
5271		smrsh/Makefile
5272		smrsh/Makefile.dist
5273		src/Makefile
5274		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
5275		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
5276			(renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
5277		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
5278	Renamed Files:
5279		READ_ME => README
5280		cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
5281		cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
5282		src/READ_ME => src/README
5283
52848.8.8/8.8.8	1997/10/24
5285	If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
5286		incorrectly.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5287		Meteorological Institute.
5288	If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
5289		add additional bounces to it.  Problem noted by Thomas J.
5290		Arseneault of SRI International.
5291	If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
5292		connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
5293		Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5294	Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
5295		to internal form.  Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
5296	EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
5297		User unknown with bogus delay= values.  Change them to log
5298		the same as compliant addresses.  Problem noted by Kari E.
5299		Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5300	Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
5301		option for resolver.  Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
5302		River Systems.
5303	If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
5304		protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
5305		closed but the persistent host status file would not be
5306		unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
5307		that host.  Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5308	If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
5309		the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
5310		attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
5311		queue run regardless of MinQueueAge.  Problem noted by
5312		Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
5313	Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
5314		"Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
5315		with the incorrect timestamp.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
5316		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5317	Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5318	Log null connections on dropped connections.  Problem noted by
5319		Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5320	If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
5321		reopen the map.  Previously, they could give stale
5322		results during a single message processing (but would
5323		recover when the next message was received).  Fix from
5324		Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
5325	Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
5326		requests.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5327		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5328	Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
5329		recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
5330		message is accepted.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5331		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5332	Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
5333		sendmail via a UNIX pipe.  This will allow rulesets using
5334		$&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
5335		dequote.  Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
5336	A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
5337		and the inability to save a bounce message to
5338		/var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
5339		to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
5340		queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
5341		queue was run.  Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
5342		Associates.
5343	Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS.  There are
5344		no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
5345		sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
5346		could cause confusing error messages.
5347	Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
5348		rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad.  This
5349		behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
5350		the entire message.  Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
5351		SuperNet, Inc.
5352	Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file.  Suggested by
5353		Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5354	Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
5355		mailers.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5356		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5357	An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
5358		for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
5359		dropped.
5360	Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
5361		a HUP signal.  This will give room for the process title.
5362		Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5363	Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
5364		support flock locking and runs out of processes during
5365		delivery.  Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
5366	Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
5367		Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5368		Institute.
5369	Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
5370		rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
5371		are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
5372		Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
5373	Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
5374		bounce messages.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
5375		RUS University of Stuttgart.
5376	Minor lint fixes.
5377	Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
5378		search returns an error.  This will allow sequenced maps which
5379		use other LDAP servers to be checked.  Fix from Booker Bense
5380		of Stanford University.
5381	When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
5382		not pad bare linefeeds with a space.  Problem noted by Theo
5383		Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
5384	Portability:
5385		Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
5386			conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
5387			setproctitle().  Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
5388			Electronic Data Systems.
5389		AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation.  Reported by Jim
5390			Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
5391		BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
5392		Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
5393			loader environment variables into the loader memory
5394			area.  If one of these environment variables (such as
5395			LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
5396			an invalid memory address would be used by the process
5397			title routine causing memory corruption.  Problem
5398			noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
5399		GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
5400			chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
5401			not permit file giveaways.  Problem noted by
5402			Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
5403		IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes.  Reported by
5404			Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5405		Linux: Pad process title with NULLs.  Problem noted by
5406			Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5407		SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
5408			incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
5409			Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
5410			Services.
5411		SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
5412			Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5413		Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
5414			used on a Solaris machine.  Problem noted by
5415			Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
5416		CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
5417			Services VAS.
5418	MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5419	CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
5420	OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
5421			Ericsson.
5422
54238.8.7/8.8.7	1997/08/03
5424	If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
5425		an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
5426		except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
5427		rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
5428		exist would fail.  Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
5429		GmbH.
5430	Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
5431		Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute
5432		of Technology, Stockholm.
5433	Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
5434		some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
5435		routines during compilation.  If using TCP Wrappers, assume
5436		that these routines are included as though they were in the
5437		C library.  Patch from Robert La Ferla.
5438	When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
5439		used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
5440		duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
5441		Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
5442	In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
5443		mail was passed on without any recipient header.  This could
5444		cause problems downstream.  Problem noted by Xander Jansen
5445		of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
5446	Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail.  GDBM's locking and
5447		linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
5448		locking and security checks.  Problems noted by Fyodor
5449		Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
5450	Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
5451	Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
5452		gethostbyaddr found no value.  Also, ignore any returns
5453		from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
5454	If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
5455		"may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
5456		have to assume that the information is good.
5457	In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
5458		open or locked.
5459	Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
5460	Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
5461		errors during testing.
5462	Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
5463		printed in the error message.
5464	If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
5465		missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
5466	Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
5467		DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
5468		had a .forward file.  From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
5469	On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
5470		file giveaway was undefined.  From Tetsu Ushijima of the
5471		Tokyo Institute of Technology.
5472	Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
5473		lost (so only the header was delivered).  This only occurs
5474		on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
5475		runner runs during a critical section in another message
5476		delivery.  Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
5477		Results Computing.
5478	If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
5479		(wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
5480		exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
5481		once, it would be tried on every queue run.  Problem noted
5482		by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
5483	If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
5484		include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
5485		This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
5486		This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
5487		theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
5488		it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
5489		same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
5490		garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
5491		has changed.  As a practical matter this is not a security
5492		problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
5493		and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
5494		have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
5495		simultaneously.
5496	Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
5497		use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
5498	Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
5499		transaction to clear the entire transaction.  Problem
5500		noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5501	Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
5502		a trailing slash.  (And a pox on vendors that decide to
5503		ignore the established conventions!)  Problem noted by
5504		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5505	Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
5506		(intended for IPv6).  Patches are from John Kennedy of
5507		CSU Chico.
5508	In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
5509		an extra space at the beginning of some lines.  Problem
5510		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
5511		on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
5512	Portability:
5513		Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
5514			with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition.  Note that
5515			the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
5516			be used instead.
5517		AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>.  Patch from Gene Rackow
5518			of Argonne National Laboratory.
5519		OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
5520		RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
5521		SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c.  From
5522			James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
5523		Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
5524			in Makefiles.
5525		Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
5526			Makefiles.  Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
5527		NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
5528			exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
5529			Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
5530			around the problem.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of
5531			NCR Corp.
5532		HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API.  Problem
5533			noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
5534		UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro.  Problem
5535			noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
5536			Resource Network
5537		SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
5538			the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
5539			getsockname, and getsockopt.  Adds new compile flags
5540			SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.  Problem reported
5541			by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
5542			Mental Health Center Residential Services.
5543		AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
5544			Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
5545			Corp.
5546		Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
5547			#define both setjmp and longjmp.  Problem pointed out
5548			by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
5549		CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
5550			from Christopher Durham of SCO.
5551		CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
5552			/etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
5553			configuration.  Patch from Dennis Glatting of
5554			PlainTalk.
5555	CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
5556		time.  Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions.  Suggested
5557		by Harry Styron.
5558	CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc.  These
5559		are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
5560	MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
5561	MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
5562		telling more details on what actually changed when "file
5563		changed after open".
5564	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files.  Support multiple Fw
5565		files.
5566	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
5567	NEW FILES:
5568		src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
5569		src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
5570		test/t_exclopen.c
5571		cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
5572	DELETED FILES:
5573		Makefile
5574
55758.8.6/8.8.6	1997/06/14
5576	    *************************************************************
5577	    * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI	*
5578	    * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated.	*
5579	    * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward	*
5580	    * continued sendmail development.				*
5581	    *************************************************************
5582	SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
5583		mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
5584		points nowhere.  This makes it possible to create a root
5585		owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
5586		into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
5587		determined that the file did not exist.  The only verified
5588		example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
5589		and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07.  Most
5590		systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
5591		of a file disallows symbolic links.  Systems that have been
5592		verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
5593		DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
5594		and Ultrix.  This is a potential exposure on systems that
5595		have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
5596		pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
5597		mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
5598	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
5599		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
5600		If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
5601		is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
5602		(or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
5603		another database; this can be used either to expose
5604		information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
5605		and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
5606		(by trashing the password database).  The fix disallows
5607		symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
5608		maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
5609		writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
5610		directories to be fatal errors.  This does not represent an
5611		exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
5612		system directories.
5613	SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
5614		or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
5615		path) is writable by anyone other than the owner.  This is
5616		similar to the previous case for user files.  This change
5617		should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
5618		an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
5619		files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
5620	SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
5621		have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
5622		are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
5623		away files.  The new rules are very strict, trusting file
5624		ownership only in those few cases where the system has
5625		been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
5626		However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
5627		trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
5628		group writable.  This might allow someone who has a legitimate
5629		:include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
5630		become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
5631		non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
5632		the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
5633		actually permitted.  I believe this to be a very small set
5634		of cases.  If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
5635		NFS-mounted filesystems.
5636	SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
5637		(e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
5638		Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
5639		group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
5640		The user id was still set properly.  Problem noted by Uli
5641		Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
5642	Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
5643		PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set.  Problem reported
5644		by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
5645	Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
5646		failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
5647		same host).
5648	IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
5649		affect any options that came after the route option.  Patch
5650		from Theo de Raadt.
5651	The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
5652		back to the sender.  Problem reported by Stephen More of
5653		PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5654	Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
5655		of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
5656		Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
5657	Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
5658		occur at the beginning of the stream.  Patch contributed by
5659		Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5660	Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
5661		a signal handler.  Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
5662		Microsystems.
5663	Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
5664		will have the latest version of the map data.  Problem noted
5665		by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5666	If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
5667		too large) don't send the bogus message.
5668	Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
5669		have errors and have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Michael
5670		Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5671	Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
5672		multipart/mixed Content-Type: header.  Problem noted by
5673		Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
5674	Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
5675		ErrorMode is not set to "print".  Fix from Gregory Neil
5676		Shapiro.
5677	Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
5678		that could not be opened.  Based on a fix from John Beck of
5679		Sun Microsystems.
5680	If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
5681		a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
5682		pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
5683		with a "host unknown" error.  Note that this should really
5684		be fixed in the zone file for the domain.  Problem noted by
5685		Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
5686	If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
5687		the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
5688		run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
5689		retry immediately.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
5690		Mercury Mail.
5691	If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
5692		will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
5693		"Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
5694		Morgan Stanley.
5695	If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
5696		sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
5697		run, abort the queue run immediately.  Problem noted by
5698		Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
5699	The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
5700		number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
5701		non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
5702		none of the queue was processed.  The updated algorithm
5703		does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
5704		not be run.
5705	If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
5706		die immediately, never hold the error message for future
5707		printing.
5708	Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
5709		regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
5710		configuration file.  Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5711	New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
5712		routine available in one of the libraries.  Use it in conf.h.
5713	The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
5714	If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
5715		this and reopen the map.  Previously, they could give
5716		erroneous results during a single message processing
5717		(but would recover when the next message was received).
5718	Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
5719		files are at least ten minutes old.  This avoids a potential
5720		race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
5721		a file descriptor.  The queue runner locks it and deletes it
5722		because it is zero length.  The creator then writes the
5723		descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
5724		job goes away.  Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
5725	When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
5726		(A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
5727		results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
5728		address as "may be forged".
5729	Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
5730		substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
5731		"substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
5732	Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
5733		This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
5734		or write is ever actually attempted.  Patch from Villy Kruse
5735		of TwinCom.
5736	If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
5737		allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
5738		was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
5739		is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
5740	Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
5741		in the body.  Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
5742		Plasma Physics Laboratory.
5743	Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
5744		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5745		Institute.
5746	The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
5747		documented.  Note that this increases the potential denial
5748		of service problems with this option: an attacker can
5749		connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
5750		as incoming connections.  If you use this option, you should
5751		run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
5752		to avoid this attack.  Failure to limit noted by Matthew
5753		Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
5754	Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
5755		opened instead of failing silently.  Suggested by Gregory
5756		Neil Shapiro.  This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
5757		book (2nd edition).
5758	Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
5759		if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
5760		instead of queueing.  Treat this like TRY_AGAIN.  Fix from
5761		John Beck of SunSoft.
5762	If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
5763		in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
5764		Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
5765	Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
5766		of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
5767	Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
5768		immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
5769	Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping.  Patch
5770		from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
5771	Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes.  Previously these were
5772		partially processed, which could cause confusing error
5773		returns.
5774	Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
5775		on some architectures.
5776	Portability:
5777		A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
5778		glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
5779			thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM.  Only option seems
5780			to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
5781			defined.  Problem reported by A Sun of the University
5782			of Washington.
5783		Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
5784			the system rather than guessing at compile time.
5785			Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5786		Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
5787		GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
5788		RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
5789		ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
5790			Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
5791			but there appears to be no fix for this.  Patch from
5792			Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5793		BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
5794		Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
5795			high order bit set to apparently randomly match
5796			letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
5797			Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
5798			Cambridge.
5799		IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x.  From
5800			Kari Hurtta.
5801		IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
5802			IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
5803			IRIX Makefile).
5804		IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
5805			Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5806	CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
5807		even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set.  Problem pointed out by
5808		Brian Candler.
5809	CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
5810		local names as local.  Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
5811		fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5812	CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
5813		"mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
5814		for the $h macro.  Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5815	CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
5816		MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY.  Patch from Philip
5817		Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
5818	CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
5819		rules are the same as for aliasing.  Based on a patch from
5820		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5821	CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
5822		have no functional change in this release, but makes it
5823		possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
5824	CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
5825		HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
5826		In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
5827		Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
5828		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5829	CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
5830		MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
5831		don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit).  Suggestions
5832		from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
5833	CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
5834		being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
5835		was specified, even when it wasn't.
5836	MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf.  From John Beck of SunSoft.
5837	MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
5838		"slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
5839		exclusive open.  This is only a problem on System V derived
5840		systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
5841		symbolic links pointing nowhere.
5842	MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
5843		not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
5844		later mailboxes to fail.  Also, any partial message would
5845		not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
5846		Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
5847		developers).
5848	MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0.  A similar
5849		change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3.  Problem
5850		noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5851	MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
5852		symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
5853		often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
5854		sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
5855	MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
5856		NEXTSTEP.
5857	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
5858		Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
5859		name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w).  Other
5860		miscellaneous bug fixes.  From Christian von Roques via
5861		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5862	CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta.  This
5863		Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
5864		file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
5865		lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
5866		for system accounts.
5867	NEW FILES:
5868		src/safefile.c
5869		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
5870		cf/ostype/irix6.m4
5871		contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
5872		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
5873		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
5874	RENAMED FILES:
5875		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 =>	Makefile.IRIX.6.x
5876		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 =>	Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
5877
58788.8.5/8.8.5	1997/01/21
5879	SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup.  Without this, sendmail
5880		will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
5881		even if RunAsUser is specified.
5882	SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only.  This is not in response
5883		to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
5884		Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5885	SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
5886		security implications.  Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
5887		University of Pennsylvania.
5888	Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
5889		would truncate the address after "Full".  Although the -f
5890		syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
5891		shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
5892		was unnecessarily awful.
5893	Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
5894		to a 7-bit format.  Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
5895		Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
5896	Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
5897		runs.  Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
5898		final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
5899		it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
5900		bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
5901		Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5902	_Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
5903		module.  Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5904	Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
5905		files if the configuration file is safe.  Based on a
5906		patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5907	ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
5908		run completed.  Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
5909		Semiconductor Corp.
5910	It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
5911		does _not_ log rejected connections.  Do the logging ourselves.
5912		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
5913		at Austin.
5914	If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
5915		version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
5916		error is reported on every queue run.  Change it to only
5917		give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf).  Patch from
5918		William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
5919	Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
5920		ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
5921		some problems if a background process tried to send mail
5922		under certain circumstances.  Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
5923		of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
5924	Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
5925		load average is >= the queueing load average.  Previously
5926		the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
5927		to essentially never skip the queue run.  Patch from Bryan
5928		Costales.
5929	If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
5930		rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
5931		(25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
5932		you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack.  Based
5933		on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
5934	Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
5935		this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
5936		The current values and defaults are:
5937		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
5938		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
5939		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
5940		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
5941		These will probably be configurable in a future release.
5942	On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
5943		that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
5944		the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
5945	In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored.  Problem noted
5946		by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5947	Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
5948		the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
5949		line dropped.  Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
5950		clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
5951		to be a better "fail soft" approach.  Based on a patch from
5952		Eric Hagberg.
5953	If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
5954		bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
5955		first" error message.  Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
5956		of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
5957	Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
5958		in PrivacyOptions.  The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
5959		Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
5960		based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5961	Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
5962		in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
5963		a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
5964		through.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
5965		Communications.
5966	In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
5967		had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
5968		Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
5969		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5970	Give better diagnostics on long alias lines.  Based on code contributed
5971		by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
5972	Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
5973		alternate names.  Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
5974	PORTABILITY:
5975		UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
5976			Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
5977		SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
5978			Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
5979		SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5980		Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
5981			Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
5982			(Moscow).
5983		OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
5984		Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
5985		Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
5986		Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
5987		Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
5988			of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
5989	CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
5990		_just_right_ yet.  Tweak it again.  I'll omit the names
5991		of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
5992		As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
5993		Received: line.
5994	CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
5995		it never inserts that class into the output file.  Fix it
5996		so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
5997		automatically in this class.  Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
5998		of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale
5999		Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
6000	CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
6001		such as LUSER_RELAY.  This change permits the following
6002		syntaxes:  ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
6003		local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
6004		``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
6005		go to user on the local machone).  ``local:user'' will send
6006		to the named user on the local machine.  ``local:user@host''
6007		is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored).  In
6008		all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
6009		detail information).  Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
6010	CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
6011		indication.  This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
6012		to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''.  Note the use
6013		of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
6014		Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6015	OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
6016		NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
6017		Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
6018	OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
6019		a duplex printer.  From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
6020		Long Beach.
6021
60228.8.4/8.8.4	1996/12/02
6023	SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
6024		permissions by hard linking to files that were group
6025		writable by the attacker.  The solution is to disallow any
6026		files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
6027		:include:, and output files.  Problem noted by Terry
6028		Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services.  As a
6029		workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
6030	SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
6031		is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
6032		MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list.  There
6033		is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
6034		Problem noted by Dan Bernstein.  Also, make the DontInitGroups
6035		unsafe.  I know of no specific attack against this, although
6036		a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
6037		you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
6038		the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
6039	Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
6040		directories somehow became empty.  Problem noted by Roy
6041		Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6042	Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
6043		This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
6044		Problem noted by several people.
6045	On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
6046		and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
6047		SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem noted
6048		by several people.
6049	Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
6050		gcc to high warning levels).  From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
6051	SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
6052		not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
6053		message rather than the host.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon
6054		of Best Internet Communications.
6055	The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers.  Problem noted by Tom Moore
6056		of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
6057	Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
6058		(including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
6059		had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
6060		to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
6061		Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
6062	If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
6063		rescheduled (so queue runs would stop).  Patch from Don Lewis.
6064	Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
6065		status code.  Problem noted by Don Lewis.
6066	Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
6067		Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6068	Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
6069		already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
6070		K line, and the documentation.  Inconsistency pointed out
6071		by Roy Mongiovi.
6072	Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode.  Patch from
6073		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6074	Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
6075		it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
6076		caused stale information to be maintained.  Based on a patch
6077		from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc.  Also, have
6078		ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
6079	Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
6080		host status file condition.  Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
6081		of Kyoto University.
6082	Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
6083		conditions from Don Lewis.
6084	Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
6085		compile errors).  This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
6086		0/1 compilation flags.  Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
6087		compile flag; use NETINET instead.  Solution based on a
6088		patch from Bryan Costales.
6089	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6090		AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
6091			/etc/security/passwd file when called as root.  This
6092			is very slow on some systems.  To speed it up, use the
6093			(undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
6094			Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
6095		SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile.  Patch from Bill
6096			Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
6097		NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile.  Patch
6098			from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
6099		SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems.  Patches from Andrew Cole of
6100			Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
6101			of Tokyo.
6102		DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
6103			Services, Inc.
6104		Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
6105			I believe this to have only been a problem if you
6106			compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
6107			to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
6108		Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
6109			Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien.
6110	CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
6111		than one long one.  By popular demand.
6112	MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems.  Patch
6113		from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
6114	MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
6115		to take a very long time.  Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
6116		of NTT Software Corporation.
6117	CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
6118	NEW FILES:
6119		contrib/etrn.pl
6120
61218.8.3/8.8.3	1996/11/17
6122	SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
6123		about argv[0] and then sending it a signal.  Problem noted
6124		by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
6125		best-of-security list.
6126	Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
6127		(%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
6128		should make it clearer to people that they are running
6129		the wrong binary.
6130	Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
6131		do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
6132		the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
6133		"451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem
6134		noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
6135	When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
6136		lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
6137		with space at the end of the line.  Problem noted by Steve
6138		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6139	7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
6140		Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6141	Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
6142		size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
6143		answers containing very many resource records.  The resolver
6144		may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
6145		overflow.  Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
6146		routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
6147		*un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
6148		not big enough to accommodate the entire answer.  Patch from
6149		Eric Wassenaar.
6150	Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code.  If you think you have too
6151		many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
6152		are still around.  Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
6153		Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
6154		pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
6155		due to a race condition.  Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
6156		UUNET.
6157	On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
6158		O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
6159		thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
6160		Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero.  Problem noted by
6161		Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
6162	Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
6163		allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
6164		it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored.  Patch from
6165		Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
6166	Improvements to host status printing code.  Suggested by Steve Hubert
6167		of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6168	Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
6169		when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
6170		avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
6171		Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
6172	When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
6173		properly escaped.  Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
6174		University of Linkoping.
6175	In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
6176		runs even if RunAsUser was set.  Problem noted by Mark
6177		Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
6178	If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
6179		actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
6180		the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
6181		the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
6182		other end.
6183	The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
6184		user id was numeric.  Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
6185		MCI Telecommunications Communications.
6186	If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
6187		the message was included in the bounce.  Note that this did
6188		not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size.  Problem
6189		reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6190	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6191		AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
6192			AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
6193			works on 4.1 as well as 4.2.  Problem noted by
6194			H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
6195		AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
6196			Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
6197		MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
6198			Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
6199		Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
6200			This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
6201			The outline of the implementation was contributed
6202			by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
6203		HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
6204			declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
6205			change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
6206			which is apparently the only compiler that requires
6207			it in the first place.  Problem noted by Jeff
6208			Earickson of Colby College.
6209		IRIX: don't default to using gcc.  IRIX is a civilized
6210			operating system that comes with a decent compiler
6211			by default.  Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
6212			Kari Hurtta.
6213	CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
6214		consistency with other local mailers.  Inconsistency
6215		pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
6216	CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
6217		overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
6218		domain part was dropped from the name.  Patch from Steve
6219		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6220	CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
6221		end up being translated to the null host name, which would
6222		return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
6223		of the line.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
6224		University of Washington, Seattle.
6225	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4).  From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
6226		Polytechnic Institute.
6227	MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
6228		Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
6229	NEW FILES:
6230		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
6231		cf/ostype/aix4.m4
6232		cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
6233
62348.8.2/8.8.2	1996/10/18
6235	SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
6236		changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
6237	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6238		Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
6239			apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
6240			Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
6241	OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
6242		from this document.  These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
6243	CONFIG: no changes.
6244
62458.8.1/8.8.1	1996/10/17
6246	SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
6247		examine during queue runs and daemon mode.  Problem noted
6248		by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
6249	SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
6250		message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
6251		to 8 bits.  This caused core dumps and has the potential
6252		for a remote attack.  Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
6253		of WPI.
6254	Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
6255		have flock(2) support.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
6256		Kyoto University.
6257	Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options.  If this option is null (as
6258		opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
6259		on illegal host names.
6260	If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
6261		the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
6262		final line.  Problem noted by Pierre David.
6263	If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
6264		setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
6265		Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
6266	Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
6267		be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
6268		to (say) mail-back.  Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6269	If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
6270		term host status.  This is necessary because it is common
6271		to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
6272	Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
6273		4.2.  Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
6274		University of Leicester.
6275	If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
6276		service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
6277		would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
6278		in the map.  This caused the message to be queued instead of
6279		bouncing immediately.  Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
6280		University of Washington.
6281	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6282		Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c.  Several
6283			people pointed this out.
6284		NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
6285		AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
6286			Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
6287	CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
6288		Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
6289	CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
6290		using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
6291		were also in $=w.  Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
6292		Softec.
6293	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX.  Based
6294		on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6295	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP.  From Patrick Nolan
6296		of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
6297
62988.8.0/8.8.0	1996/09/26
6299	Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
6300		deleted.  Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
6301	Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
6302		pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working.  I was
6303		urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
6304	Fix small buffer overflow.  Since the data in this buffer was not
6305		read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
6306		probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers).  Pointed
6307		out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
6308	Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
6309		if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
6310		-- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
6311		host was accessible.  Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
6312		NSC (Japan).
6313	A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
6314		have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
6315		causing SMTP to hang.  Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6316	The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
6317		incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
6318		semantics of binding on a passive socket.  Patch from
6319		NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
6320	Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
6321		handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
6322		has 13 at the moment (and climbing).  In order to avoid
6323		trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
6324		slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
6325		that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
6326		of those records could not exceed 128 bytes.  Requested by
6327		Brad Knowles of America On Line.
6328	Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
6329		Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
6330	Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
6331		printout.
6332	Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
6333	Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
6334		square braces.
6335	Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
6336		this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
6337		to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
6338	DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
6339		this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost.  Problem
6340		pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
6341		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
6342	The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
6343		some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
6344		would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
6345		concerned.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6346	Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
6347		the initial run.  Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
6348		Dandelion Digital.
6349	Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
6350		results that may come from NIS and DNS.
6351	4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
6352		include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
6353		things like /var/tmp.  Reported by Matthew Green.
6354	Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
6355		values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
6356		which was interpreted as normal.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
6357	The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
6358		since 8.7.2.  Fix from Bryan Costales.
6359	Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
6360		Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
6361		as base64).  The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
6362		or full types (e.g., "text/plain").  Based on a suggestion by
6363		Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
6364	Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
6365		dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
6366	Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
6367		BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
6368		mailers.
6369	Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
6370		flag is set in the mailer descriptor.  Suggested by John
6371		Myers of CMU.
6372	Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
6373		The command takes a host name; data for that host is
6374		immediately (and asynchronously) flushed.  Because this shares
6375		the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
6376		there should be no security implications.  Implementation
6377		from John Beck of InReference, Inc.  See RFC 1985 for details.
6378	Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
6379		(equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
6380		(equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
6381		(equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command).  Note
6382		that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
6383		to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
6384		nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
6385		parameter.
6386	Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
6387		apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
6388		and made it unsafe.  Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
6389		University of Maryland.
6390	New logging on log level 15:  all SMTP traffic.  Patches from
6391		Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
6392	NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
6393		a match.  This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
6394		had a memory leak).  Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
6395	Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups.  It was pointed
6396		out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
6397		use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
6398		that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
6399		address used for delivery.  The simple fix (stripping off the
6400		brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
6401		addresses.  This flag will solve that problem.
6402	Add MustQuoteChars option.  This is a list of characters that must
6403		be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
6404		(that is, the full name part).  The characters @,;:\()[] are
6405		always in this list and cannot be removed.  The default is
6406		this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
6407	Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
6408		that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
6409		some stupid SMTP clients.  Setting this violates RFC 1123
6410		section 5.2.5.
6411	Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
6412		rejecting connections if it has more than this many
6413		outstanding children accepting mail.  Note that you may
6414		see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
6415		is for incoming connections only.
6416	Add ConnectionRateThrottle option.  If set to a positive value, the
6417		number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
6418		in a single second is limited to this number.  Connections are
6419		not refused during this time, just deferred.  The intent is to
6420		flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
6421		It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
6422		accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
6423		(e.g., due to connection caching).
6424	Add Timeout.hoststatus option.  This interval (defaulting to 30m)
6425		specifies how long cached information about the state of a
6426		host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
6427		host is retried.  If you are using persistent host status
6428		(i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
6429		between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
6430		run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
6431		that take a very long time to run.
6432	Add SingleLineFromHeader option.  If set, From: headers are coerced
6433		into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
6434		when read.  This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
6435	Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
6436		item in a table it would be truncated.  Problem noted by
6437		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6438	Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
6439		-v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
6440		to be displayed.  Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6441	Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
6442		this was treated as end-of-input.  Problem noted by Bryan
6443		Costales.
6444	The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
6445		to the queue file.  Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
6446		Technologies, Inc.
6447	Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
6448		if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
6449		Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
6450	If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
6451		values for a given key, the database cursor would get
6452		trashed by the recursive call.  Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
6453		of Georgia Tech.  Fixed by reading all the values and creating
6454		a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
6455		different for this case.
6456	Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
6457		HES_GETMAILHOST is defined.  Based on a patch by Betty Lee
6458		of Stanford University.
6459	When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
6460		there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
6461		the owners would get the message.  Problem pointed out by
6462		Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6463	Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
6464		in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X.  Problem
6465		noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
6466	When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
6467		some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines.  Fix from
6468		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6469	When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
6470		failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
6471		that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned.  Noted
6472		by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
6473	Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
6474		have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
6475		error return of -1 doesn't work.  Use INADDR_NONE instead.
6476		This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
6477		or get dropped.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
6478		Pasteur Institute.
6479	DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
6480		rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
6481		the detailed status information would be wrong.  Problem noted
6482		by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
6483	Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
6484		that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission.  The flag current
6485		does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
6486		these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
6487		canonification.
6488	Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
6489		to \r\n on SMTP mailers.  Default remains \n on non-SMTP
6490		mailers.
6491	Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
6492		to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
6493		misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
6494		termination.  This will affect anyone who has redefined
6495		either of these in their configuration file.
6496	Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
6497		responses can be newline terminated.  From Terry Kennedy of
6498		St. Peter's College.
6499	Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
6500		$#mailer with nothing following.  From Bryan Costales.
6501	Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
6502		Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
6503	Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros.  Fix
6504		from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6505	After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
6506		processing each one.  This avoids a certain form of denial
6507		of service attack.  Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
6508		Costales.
6509	Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
6510		checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
6511		check_rcpt for RCPT commands.  These rulesets can do anything
6512		they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
6513		$#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
6514		and the command is rejected.  Similarly, the check_compat
6515		ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
6516		(the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
6517		it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
6518		notification.  Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
6519		in rulesets.
6520	Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
6521		that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
6522		of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
6523		the connection.  These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
6524		verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
6525		host inappropriately.  Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
6526		form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
6527		when sendmail reads the configuration file.
6528	Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
6529		information.  Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
6530		and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
6531		on that basis.
6532	Allow IDA-style recursive function calls.  Code contributed by Mark
6533		Lovell and Paul Vixie.
6534	Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
6535		a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
6536		macro.  Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
6537		Vixie.
6538	Add Stanford LDAP map.  Requires special libraries that are not
6539		included with sendmail.  Contributed by Booker C. Bense
6540		<bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
6541		See also the src/READ_ME file.
6542	Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
6543		puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video.  Really useful
6544		only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
6545		distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
6546		two characters $, +.
6547	Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
6548		debug_dumpstate.
6549	Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
6550		files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
6551		is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
6552		valid recipients.
6553	Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
6554		name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal.  Problem
6555		noted by Tom May.
6556	Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
6557		permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
6558		single message it could be confusing.  Suggested by John
6559		Beck of InReference, Inc.
6560	The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
6561		with CRLF.  Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
6562		Computing Corporation.
6563	Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
6564		message headers.  Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
6565		Internet Communications.
6566	Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
6567		used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
6568		characters appear in headers.  Problem noted by Anders Gertz
6569		of Lysator.
6570	Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions.  This only takes place if the
6571		recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
6572		text/plain body types.  Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
6573		of the University of Iceland.
6574	Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
6575		case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
6576		this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
6577		"POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster".  In most cases
6578		this change is a no-op.
6579	The -o map flag was ignored for text maps.  Problem noted by Bryan
6580		Costales.
6581	The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps.  Problem noted by
6582		Bryan Costales.
6583	Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
6584		response.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
6585	Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
6586		on LogLevel 14.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6587	Include port number in process title for network daemons.  Suggested
6588		by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6589	Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
6590		message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
6591		option (default: postmaster).  Previously they were always
6592		sent to postmaster.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6593	Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
6594		it runs in foreground.  This is useful for using with a
6595		wrapper that "watches" system services.  Suggested by Kyle
6596		Jones of UUNET.
6597	Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
6598		when the comment comes before the address.  Patch from
6599		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
6600	Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
6601		that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
6602		mail".  This permits the person who is postmaster more
6603		easily determine what messages are to their role as
6604		postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent.  Based
6605		on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
6606	Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
6607		to be sorted strictly by the time of submission.  Note that
6608		this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
6609		large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
6610		heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
6611		are down delay processing of new jobs).  Also, this does not
6612		guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
6613		unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue.  In general, it should
6614		probably only be used on the command line, and only in
6615		conjunction with -qRhost.domain.  In fact, there are very few
6616		cases where it should be used at all.  Based on an
6617		implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
6618	If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
6619		the same manner as other rulesets.  Previously a temporary
6620		failure in ruleset 5 was ignored.  Patch from Booker Bense
6621		of Stanford University.
6622	Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
6623		5yz (permanent failure) code.  The next MX host will still be
6624		tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
6625		or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
6626		(It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
6627		RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
6628		Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
6629	Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
6630		This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
6631		name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
6632		message.  This should only be used if your configuration file
6633		is prepared to do something sensible in this case.  Based on
6634		an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
6635	Fix problem finding network interface addresses.  Patch from
6636		Motonori Nakamura.
6637	Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
6638		you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
6639		certain kinds of firewall setups difficult.  Patch
6640		suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
6641	Add persistent host status.  This keeps the information normally
6642		maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
6643		shared between sendmail instances.  The HostStatusDirectory
6644		is the directory in which the information is maintained.  If
6645		not set, persistent host status is turned off.  If not a full
6646		pathname, it is relative to the queue directory.  A common
6647		value is ".hoststat".
6648		There are also two new operation modes:
6649		  * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
6650		    connections.
6651		  * -bH purges the host statuses.  No attempt is made to save
6652		    recent status information.
6653		This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
6654		Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
6655		Bigrock Consulting.  Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
6656		with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
6657		framework is gratefully appreciated.
6658	New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
6659		operate).  Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
6660		open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
6661		This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
6662		be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
6663		message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
6664		messages).  Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
6665		lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
6666		ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
6667		file descriptors.  Based on the persistent host status code
6668		contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
6669	Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
6670		SafeFileEnvironment option is set.  Problem noted by Bryan
6671		Costales.
6672	The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
6673		file.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
6674	If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
6675		the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
6676		left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
6677		Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
6678	Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
6679		based on release number.  For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
6680		search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
6681		Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
6682		adding $arch).  Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
6683		Webmasters.
6684	When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
6685		case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
6686		the map itself.  Previously this was done based on the F=u
6687		flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
6688		that you could never access.  Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
6689	When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
6690		failure or delay were always set.  This caused those
6691		notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
6692		specified.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
6693		of Washington, Seattle.
6694	Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c).  This
6695		lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
6696		this host.  If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
6697		"550 Access denied".  -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
6698		TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
6699		(See src/READ_ME for details.)
6700	Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
6701		bounces.  Some people seemed to think that this could be
6702		confusing (even though it is true).  Suggested by Motonori
6703		Nakamura.
6704	Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
6705		user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
6706		However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
6707		be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
6708		writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
6709		user.  It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
6710		option.  In other words, it may not actually add much to
6711		security.  However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
6712		places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
6713		well constrained.
6714	Add Timeout.iconnect.  This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
6715		only on the first attempt to delivery to an address.  It could
6716		be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
6717		the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
6718		responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
6719	Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
6720		(such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
6721		to a UDP port.  It also created some signal handling problems.
6722		The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
6723		and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+.  I am
6724		indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
6725	Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
6726		will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup.  This adds
6727		fuzzy matching to the user map.  Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
6728	The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
6729		denial-of-service attack.  Problem noted by Christophe
6730		Wolfhugel.
6731	Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
6732		notification.  Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
6733	Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
6734		option is set, since this disables VERB mode.  Suggested
6735		by John Hawkinson of MIT.
6736	Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set.  Problem noted
6737		by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
6738	Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
6739		were no successful opens.  The previous behavior caused it
6740		to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found.  Problem
6741		noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
6742		and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
6743	Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
6744		is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
6745		the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
6746		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
6747	Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
6748		instead of 0644.  Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
6749		National University of Singapore.
6750	Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery.  This helps
6751		detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
6752		system can't cope with.
6753	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6754		Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
6755			Atlas International.
6756		Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
6757			<bicknell@ufp.org>.
6758		On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
6759			work on the first recipient of a message due to a
6760			bug in the getpwent family.  If this is something you
6761			use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
6762			workaround.  From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
6763			Bernstein and Associates.
6764		FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
6765			parentheses, which breaks makesendmail.  Reported
6766			by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
6767		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
6768			Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
6769		Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
6770			it is system-dependent.  Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
6771			of Bailey Computer Consulting.
6772		Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
6773			Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
6774		HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
6775			U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
6776		NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
6777		SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6778		IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
6779			Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6780			Institute.
6781		UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
6782			Lopez, CICA (Seville).
6783		NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
6784		PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
6785			Employment Standards Administration.
6786		Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
6787		Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
6788			Jr.
6789		NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
6790			from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
6791		ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
6792			from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
6793		Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
6794		NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
6795		NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
6796		Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
6797			of the University of Arizona.
6798		Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid.  Noted by David Linn of
6799			Vanderbilt University.
6800		Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
6801			Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
6802			this auto-detects.  Based on a patch from Randall
6803			Winchester of the University of Maryland.
6804	CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file.  Contributed by
6805		Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
6806	CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
6807		(where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
6808		worked only on hosts).  Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
6809		Foundation.
6810	CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
6811	CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
6812		if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
6813		should be transparent for most everyone.  Suggested by John
6814		Myers of CMU.
6815	CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade).  Without this feature, any
6816		domain listed in $=w is masqueraded.  With it, only those
6817		domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
6818	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain).  This causes
6819		masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
6820		hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
6821		themselves.  For example, if a configuration had
6822		MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
6823		foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
6824		masqueraded as well.  Based on an implementation by Richard
6825		(Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
6826	CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
6827		outgoing addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
6828		Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses.  Yes,
6829		this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
6830		just when to use which one may be tricky.  Based on code
6831		contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
6832		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6833	CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
6834		incoming addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
6835		Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
6836		part (with the @ sign).  For example, a table containing:
6837			info@foo.com	foo-info
6838			info@bar.com	bar-info
6839			@baz.org	jane@elsewhere.net
6840		would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
6841		(which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
6842		to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
6843		be sent to jane@elsewhere.net.  The names foo.com, bar.com,
6844		and baz.org must all be in $=w.  Based on discussions with
6845		a great many people.
6846	CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
6847		Suggested by Richard Bainter.
6848	CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
6849		"fax" mailer.
6850	CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
6851		passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
6852		mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
6853		additional clever processing.  From Joe Pruett of
6854		Teleport Corporation.  Delivery to the original user can
6855		be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
6856	CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
6857		"mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
6858		"local:user" can also be used to do local delivery.  This
6859		applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries.  Based
6860		on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
6861	CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
6862		limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
6863		lookups required to support this feature.  For example,
6864		FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
6865		to domains under my.site.com.  Code contributed by Anthony
6866		Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
6867	CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
6868		such as the check_rcpt ruleset.  Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
6869		of WPI.
6870	CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
6871		event you have to define local mailers.  Suggested by
6872		Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
6873	CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
6874		be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax.  Based on a patch by
6875		Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
6876	CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
6877		remotely connected.  The address host!user was being
6878		converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
6879		Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6880	CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
6881	CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
6882		"User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
6883		new address is still on the local host.  Based on a suggestion
6884		by Andreas Luik.
6885	CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
6886		However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
6887		Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6888	CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
6889		Wolfhugel.
6890	CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
6891	MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris.  Note
6892		well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
6893		Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
6894		different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
6895		and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
6896		match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer.  Patches from Paul
6897		Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
6898	MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
6899		was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
6900		was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
6901		the open.  Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
6902		Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
6903	MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably.  Patch from Bryan
6904		Costales.
6905	MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
6906	MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
6907		honored.  Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
6908	PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
6909	NEW FILES:
6910		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
6911		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
6912		src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
6913		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
6914		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
6915		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
6916		mailstats/mailstats.8
6917		praliases/praliases.8
6918		cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
6919		cf/feature/genericstable.m4
6920		cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
6921		cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
6922		cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
6923		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
6924		cf/ostype/altos.m4
6925		cf/ostype/maxion.m4
6926		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
6927		cf/ostype/uxpds.m4
6928		contrib/re-mqueue.pl
6929	DELETED FILES:
6930		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
6931		contrib/xla/README
6932		contrib/xla/xla.c
6933	RENAMED FILES:
6934		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 =>	Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
6935		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 =>	Makefile.SCO.4.2
6936		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS =>		Makefile.UXPDSV10
6937		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT =>		Makefile.NeXT.2.x
6938		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP =>	Makefile.NeXT.3.x
6939
69408.7.6/8.7.3	1996/09/17
6941	SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
6942		queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
6943		as the default user.  This is not exploitable from off-site.
6944		Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
6945		(old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
6946	SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
6947		a local user to get root.  This is not known to be exploitable
6948		from off-site.  The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
6949
69508.7.5/8.7.3	1996/03/04
6951	Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
6952		in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
6953		extra spaces in odd places.  Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
6954		reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
6955		Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
6956		and others.
6957
69588.7.4/8.7.3	1996/02/18
6959	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
6960		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
6961		any user (except root).
6962	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
6963		version number is unchanged.
6964
69658.7.3/8.7.3	1995/12/03
6966	Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
6967		two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly.  Fix
6968		from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6969	Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
6970		negative array subscripting.  Not a security problem since
6971		this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
6972		core dumps.  Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
6973	Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names.  Pointed out by Bryan
6974		Costales.
6975	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6976		SCO doesn't have ftruncate.  From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
6977		IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
6978			order.  Tweak it to work properly.  Based on fixes
6979			from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
6980			Stanford University.
6981	CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
6982		Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6983
69848.7.2/8.7.2	1995/11/19
6985	REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
6986		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options.  They were not
6987		properly repaired in 8.7.1.
6988	Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
6989		valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
6990		last being a historic botch, of course).  If Bcc: is the
6991		only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
6992		but the header name is kept.  The old behavior (always keep
6993		the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
6994		to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
6995	Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
6996		sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages.  Suggested
6997		by Kari Hurtta.
6998	If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
6999		continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
7000		return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
7001		For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
7002		with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
7003		but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
7004		a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
7005		failure in the hosts.files map.  This error caused hard
7006		bounces when it should have requeued.
7007	Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
7008		owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
7009		working properly due to excessive paranoia.  Pointed out by
7010		John Hawkinson of Panix.
7011	An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
7012		timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
7013		queued it locally).  Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
7014		to simplify queue management for clustered systems.  Suggested
7015		by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.  The same problem could break
7016		MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
7017		-- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
7018		Infobiogen.
7019	Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring().  This was not a security
7020		problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
7021		without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
7022		good idea to avoid future problems.  Problem noted by John
7023		Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
7024	``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
7025		printed.  Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
7026	Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
7027		is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
7028		created.  Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7029	Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
7030		be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher.  Suggested
7031		by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7032	Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
7033		underscores.
7034	Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
7035		alias.  Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
7036		of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7037	If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
7038		is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
7039		included even if the user did not request success notification,
7040		which was confusing.  Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
7041	Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
7042		using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
7043		configurations.  Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
7044		having no local alias file unless it is declared.  Problem
7045		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
7046	Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined.  Pointed out by Bryan
7047		Costales of ICSI.
7048	Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
7049		should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps.  Pointed
7050		out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
7051	Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
7052		even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
7053		address with an "@".  Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
7054		Technological University.
7055	When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
7056		dots alone on a line by themselves.  This is because of the
7057		preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
7058		Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7059	Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing.  Pointed
7060		out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
7061	Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
7062		Requested by Allan Johannesen.
7063	Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
7064		to have the database format of the alias files without the
7065		text version.  Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
7066		Inc.
7067	If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
7068		imported from the environment.  Pointed out by Frank Crawford
7069		<frank@ansto.gov.au>.
7070	Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
7071		extra arguments.  Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
7072		University.
7073	Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
7074		the parent should do this.  Fix from Brian Coan of the
7075		Association for Progressive Communications.
7076	If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
7077		during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
7078		reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
7079		didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
7080		even though it was fatal).  The fix is to not return such
7081		messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
7082		MinQueueAge interval.  Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
7083		SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
7084	Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
7085		that have the hes_getmailhost() routine.  DEC Hesiod
7086		distributions do not have this routine.  Based on a patch
7087		from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
7088	Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
7089		in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
7090		non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures.  This should solve the
7091		occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
7092		has plagued me for quite some time.  Based on a patch from
7093		Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
7094	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7095		Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
7096			/usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings.  From
7097			James B. Davis of TCI.
7098		DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm.  From
7099			Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7100		HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
7101			so that the makesendmail script will find it.  Pointed
7102			out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
7103			Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
7104			isn't supported on all compilers.
7105		UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
7106	CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
7107		you also had a FAX_RELAY.  From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
7108	CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
7109		didn't have trailing dot.  From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
7110	CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
7111		user%host@thishost.  From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
7112		(France).
7113	CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
7114		Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
7115	CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
7116		such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local).  Based on
7117		a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
7118	CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
7119		have already been set.  Previously it worked differently
7120		for different files.
7121	CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did.  My take
7122		is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
7123		for some people.  From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7124	CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
7125		portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
7126		changes).
7127
71288.7.1/8.7.1	1995/10/01
7129	Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
7130		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
7131		escapes in the options, where they previously had.  Bug
7132		pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7133	Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
7134		returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
7135		would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
7136		particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
7137		ignored.  Change to ignore the value if the program returns
7138		non-zero exit status.  From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7139	Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
7140		bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine.  Although
7141		this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
7142		has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
7143		internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
7144		dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
7145		target.  Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
7146		These both have possible security implications.  Solutions
7147		suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
7148		(Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
7149	Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
7150		parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
7151		results.  This could have security implications.
7152	If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
7153		routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
7154		Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
7155	Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
7156		sort first within a given preference.  This forces the bestmx
7157		map to always return the local host first, if it is included
7158		in the list of highest priority MX records.  From K. Robert
7159		Elz.
7160	Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences.  Fixes from Randy
7161		Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
7162	When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
7163		domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
7164		(e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
7165		sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
7166		really needs.  This has been changed to fall through to the
7167		next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
7168		file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
7169		short name was found in /etc/hosts.  This is probably a crock,
7170		but many people have hosts files without FQDNs.  Remember:
7171		domain names are your friends.
7172	Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
7173		Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
7174	When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
7175		Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
7176	Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
7177		connection timeout in the kernel.  Add a new "connect" timeout
7178		to limit this time.  Defaults to zero (use whatever the
7179		kernel provides).  Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
7180		of TerraNet.
7181	Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
7182		removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
7183		(This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
7184		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
7185		of WPI.
7186	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7187		On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
7188			of sendmail.st location.  Change the Makefile to
7189			install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
7190			file and SGI standards.  From Andre
7191			<andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
7192		Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
7193			from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
7194		Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
7195		LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
7196		SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
7197			dbm library.  The ndbm library is part of libc.
7198	CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
7199		``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
7200		Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7201	CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
7202		since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
7203		rebuild.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7204	CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
7205		otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
7206		the sender.  Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
7207		Infobiogen (France).
7208	NEW FILES:
7209		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7210		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7211		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
7212
72138.7/8.7		1995/09/16
7214	Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
7215		descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
7216		vfork.  Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
7217		Global Communications.
7218	Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
7219		people seemed to think that it was too rude.
7220	Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
7221		was not defined.  This was used "safely" in the sense
7222		that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
7223		map modification time improperly.  Problem pointed out
7224		by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7225	Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
7226		receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
7227		can be confusing.
7228	Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
7229		useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
7230	Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
7231		file on systems with no database method compiled in.
7232	If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
7233		up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
7234		compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
7235		RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
7236		Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
7237		Maryland.
7238	Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
7239		There is nothing that says you can't have a long
7240		running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
7241		/bin/mail, which just execs sendmail).  Problem reported
7242		by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7243	Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
7244		is not set.  This allows you to have hosts listed in
7245		NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS.  It's normally
7246		a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines.  This
7247		should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
7248	Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
7249		prototypes.  From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7250	Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
7251		by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
7252		$[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
7253		times.  From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7254	SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
7255		the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
7256		This involves adding two new compile-time options:
7257		HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
7258		available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
7259		is available -- the Release 3 form is used).  The former
7260		is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
7261		V-based systems.  Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
7262		Swarthmore University.
7263	New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
7264		``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
7265		``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
7266		``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
7267			ruleset.
7268		``=M'' will display the known mailers.
7269		``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
7270			-d debug flag.
7271		``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
7272		``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
7273		``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
7274		``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
7275			crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
7276			and the parsed address.
7277		``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
7278			it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
7279		``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing.  The
7280			flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
7281			and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient.  These
7282			can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
7283			recipients.
7284		``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
7285			return the result.
7286		``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
7287			`mapname' and return the result.
7288	Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
7289		should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
7290	Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
7291		the header for envelope sender information and uses
7292		CR-LF as message terminators.  It was thought to be
7293		obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
7294		turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
7295		that functionality.
7296	Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
7297		return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
7298		that name fails, wait one minute and try again.  This can
7299		result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
7300		hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
7301		listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
7302	Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
7303		RFC 1123 section 5.2.5.  Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
7304		of Michigan Technological University.
7305	Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
7306		can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
7307		if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
7308		chown is not safe.  The new version falls back to whether
7309		you are on a BSD system or not.  This is important for
7310		SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
7311		error codes.  This impacts whether you can mail to files
7312		or not.
7313	Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
7314		file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
7315		syntax error in the config file.  Change to always print
7316		the error message.  It was especially weird because it
7317		would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
7318		for every message sent (but with no transcript).  Problem
7319		noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
7320	Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
7321		zero bytes.  These changes are internally extensive, but
7322		should have minimal impact on external function.
7323	Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
7324		(apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
7325			O MatchGECOS=TRUE
7326		The full list of old and new names is as follows:
7327			7	SevenBitInput
7328			8	EightBitMode
7329			A	AliasFile
7330			a	AliasWait
7331			B	BlankSub
7332			b	MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
7333			C	CheckpointInterval
7334			c	HoldExpensive
7335			D	AutoRebuildAliases
7336			d	DeliveryMode
7337			E	ErrorHeader
7338			e	ErrorMode
7339			f	SaveFromLine
7340			F	TempFileMode
7341			G	MatchGECOS
7342			H	HelpFile
7343			h	MaxHopCount
7344			i	IgnoreDots
7345			I	ResolverOptions
7346			J	ForwardPath
7347			j	SendMimeErrors
7348			k	ConnectionCacheSize
7349			K	ConnectionCacheTimeout
7350			L	LogLevel
7351			l	UseErrorsTo
7352			m	MeToo
7353			n	CheckAliases
7354			O	DaemonPortOptions
7355			o	OldStyleHeaders
7356			P	PostmasterCopy
7357			p	PrivacyOptions
7358			Q	QueueDirectory
7359			q	QueueFactor
7360			R	DontPruneRoutes
7361			r, T	Timeout
7362			S	StatusFile
7363			s	SuperSafe
7364			t	TimeZoneSpec
7365			u	DefaultUser
7366			U	UserDatabaseSpec
7367			V	FallbackMXHost
7368			v	Verbose
7369			w	TryNullMXList
7370			x	QueueLA
7371			X	RefuseLA
7372			Y	ForkEachJob
7373			y	RecipientFactor
7374			z	ClassFactor
7375			Z	RetryFactor
7376		The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
7377		been changed to options; those correspondences are:
7378			$e	SmtpGreetingMessage
7379			$l	UnixFromLine
7380			$o	OperatorChars
7381			$q	(deleted -- not necessary)
7382		To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
7383		configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
7384		sendmail; any config file using the new names should
7385		specify "V6" in the configuration.
7386	Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
7387		colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
7388		as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
7389		treat them as comments).  This is to handle the
7390		``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
7391		assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
7392		address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
7393		This requires config file support to get right.  It does
7394		understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
7395		off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7396	Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
7397		    A	Addresses are aliasable.
7398		    i	Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
7399			sender lines.  Applies to the from address mailer
7400			flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
7401		    j	Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
7402			Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
7403			recipient mailer flags.
7404		    k	Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
7405		    o	Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
7406			delivery.
7407		    w	Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
7408		    5	Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
7409		    :	Check for :include: on this address.
7410		    |	Check for |program on this address.
7411		    /	Check for /file on this address.
7412		    @	Look up sender header addresses in the user
7413			database.  Applies to the mailer flags for the
7414			mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
7415			address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
7416		Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
7417		on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
7418		mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7419	Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions.  This borrows ideas from
7420		John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
7421		their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
7422		mime.c for an explanation of why).  This adds the
7423		EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
7424		to control handling of 8-bit data.  These have to cope with
7425		two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
7426		8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
7427		MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
7428		specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
7429		as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
7430		-B8BITMIME command line flag).  If the F=8 mailer flag is
7431		set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
7432		instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
7433		just-send-8 semantics).  The values for EightBitMode are:
7434		    m	convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
7435			any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
7436			(essentially, the full MIME option).
7437		    p	pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
7438			8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
7439		    s	strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
7440			convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required.  The F=8
7441			flag is ignored.
7442		Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
7443			the setting of F=8.
7444	Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
7445		which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
7446		considerations.  Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
7447		never directly encoded (although their components can be).
7448	Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
7449		MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
7450		they are an RFC822 message.  It is predefined to have
7451		"rfc822".  Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
7452	Add new internal class 'e'.  This is the set of MIME
7453		Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
7454		a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64).  It is
7455		preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
7456	Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
7457		short name) to set the default character set to use in the
7458		Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
7459		which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format.  If the C=
7460		parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
7461		the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
7462		If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
7463		suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
7464	Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
7465		user and group that a mailer will be executed as.  This
7466		overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
7467		also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
7468		is, the controlling address is ignored).  The values may be
7469		numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
7470		group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
7471		as the group.  Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
7472		Unicom.
7473	Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
7474		fashion as the U= mailer option.
7475	Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
7476		a comment).  This adds a new compile-time configuration
7477		flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
7478		of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
7479		of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
7480		*tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
7481		timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment).  Code
7482		from Chip Rosenthal.
7483	The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
7484		For example,
7485		    O Timeout.helo = 2m
7486		There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
7487		"queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option.  Thus, to
7488		set them both the preferred new syntax is
7489		    O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
7490		    O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
7491	Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
7492		QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
7493		``host''.  This makes better use of the connection cache,
7494		but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
7495		backlogs under some circumstances.  This is probably a
7496		good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
7497		of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
7498		something like PPP on a 14.4 modem.  Based on code
7499		contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
7500		contribution was to make it configurable).
7501	Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
7502		after disastrous disk crash.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
7503		UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
7504		by Paul Vixie.  NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
7505		are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
7506		from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
7507	Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
7508		route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
7509		they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
7510		I/O redirection.
7511	Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
7512		can be confusing.
7513	Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
7514		*-request addresses.  Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
7515		of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
7516	Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
7517	Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
7518		to run the queue.  For example, if the queue interval
7519		(-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
7520		is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
7521		once every fifteen minutes.  This can be used to give
7522		you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
7523		queue-only.
7524	Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
7525		:include: and .forward files.
7526	Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
7527		key field name, the value field name, and the field
7528		delimiter.  The field delimiter can be a single character
7529		or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
7530		These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
7531	Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
7532		turns off this behavior.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7533	Add "nisplus" map class.  Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
7534		key and value field names respectively.  Code donated by
7535		Sun Microsystems.
7536	Add "hesiod" map class.  The "file name" is used as the
7537		"HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3).  Returns the
7538		first value found for the match.  Code donated by Scott
7539		Hutton of Indiana University.
7540	Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class.  Maps can have a -k flag to
7541		specify the name of the property that is searched as the
7542		key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
7543		is returned as the value (defaults to "members").  The
7544		default map is "/aliases".  Some code based on code
7545		contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7546	Add "text" map class.  This does slow, linear searches through
7547		text files.  The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
7548		(defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
7549		sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
7550		value column number.  Lines beginning with `#' are treated
7551		as comments.
7552	Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs.  The search
7553		key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
7554		line read from the programs standard output.  Exit statuses
7555		are from sysexits.h.
7556	Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
7557		finds a match.  For example, the declarations:
7558		    Kmap1 ...
7559		    Kmap2 ...
7560		    Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
7561		defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
7562		value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
7563		map2 is searched and the value returned.
7564	Add "switch" map class.  This is much like "sequence" except that
7565		the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
7566		the system service switch.  The parameter is the name of
7567		the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
7568		are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
7569		For example, if the declaration of the map is
7570		    Ksample switch hosts
7571		and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
7572		looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
7573		equivalent to
7574		    Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
7575		The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
7576	Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam.  Takes a
7577		"-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
7578		entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
7579		gecos, dir, and shell.  Generally expected to be used with
7580		the -m (matchonly) flag.
7581	Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
7582		listed as the value.  If there are several "best" MX records
7583		for this host, one will be chosen at random.
7584	Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
7585		The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
7586		typically "mailname".  If there are multiple entries
7587		matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
7588	Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning).  These are
7589		set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
7590		three values.  If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
7591		"urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
7592		used.  If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
7593		if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
7594		zero, urgent timeouts are used.  Otherwise, normal timeouts
7595		are used.  The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
7596		queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
7597	Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
7598		with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
7599		but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
7600		This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
7601		of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
7602	When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
7603		the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
7604		search for the first one with a dot.  For example, if
7605		an /etc/hosts entry reads
7606		    128.32.149.68	mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
7607		this change will use the second name as the canonical
7608		machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
7609	Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
7610		indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
7611		For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
7612		"Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
7613		quoted (because of the space character).  Suggested by Dan
7614		Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
7615	Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
7616		be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
7617		Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''.  Names that have
7618		a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
7619		reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
7620		should use names that begin with a capital letter.  Based
7621		on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
7622	Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
7623		to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
7624		with no members).  Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
7625	Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
7626		failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
7627		xalloc....  The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
7628		Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
7629	Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
7630		checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
7631		IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
7632		deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
7633		much longer than the specified timeout.
7634	If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
7635		writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
7636		this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
7637		denial-of-service attack.
7638	Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
7639		defined.  It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
7640		user names.  Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7641	Add service switch support.  If the local OS has a service
7642		switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
7643		on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
7644		to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
7645		option (default: /etc/service.switch).  For example, if the
7646		service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
7647		service, that will be the default lookup order.  the "files"
7648		("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
7649		you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
7650		actually file lookups.
7651	Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
7652		variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
7653		canonical.  This is now determined based on whether or not
7654		"dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
7655	Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
7656		Status Notifications).  DSN notifications override
7657		Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
7658		support for them has been removed.
7659	Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
7660		definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
7661		MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
7662	Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
7663		five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
7664		message (not just the second line).  This is to provide
7665		better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
7666	Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
7667		easily see how much progress you have made.  Suggested
7668		by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
7669	Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
7670		syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
7671		Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
7672	Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
7673		multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
7674		also improves the connection cache utilization.
7675	Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
7676		the purposes of refusing to send error returns.  Suggested
7677		by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
7678	Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
7679		the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
7680		real uid/gid.  This allows you to create a file owned by
7681		and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
7682		all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set).  Change
7683		suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
7684		Microsystems.
7685	Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
7686		delay for dial on demand systems.  If this is non-zero
7687		and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
7688		then try again.  If it takes longer than the kernel
7689		timeout interval to establish the connection, this
7690		option can give the network software time to establish
7691		the link.  The default units are seconds.
7692	Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
7693		previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
7694		sent to aliases.  Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
7695		Defense Information Systems Agency.
7696	Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
7697		BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told.  From Douglas Anderson of
7698		the National Computer Security Center.
7699	Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
7700		you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
7701		last try.  It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
7702		lists to favor "quick" addresses.  Provided for use by
7703		the mailprio scripts (see below).
7704	If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
7705		an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
7706		map instead of bouncing it.  This involves creating a
7707		pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
7708		map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
7709		all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail".  The
7710		bogus-map class is not directly accessible.  A sample
7711		implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
7712		University Computing Service.
7713	Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
7714		SMTP on its standard input.  Fix from Keith Moore of
7715		the University of Kentucky.
7716	Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
7717		previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
7718		as a file.  Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
7719	Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon.  This only works if
7720		argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
7721	Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
7722		-- the network number wasn't being converted to network
7723		byte order.  Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
7724		Corporation.
7725	Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
7726		BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
7727		reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
7728		out.  Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
7729	Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
7730		locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
7731		an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added.  This really
7732		just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
7733		can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
7734		Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
7735		if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
7736	Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
7737		properly if they do not already exist.  This had been
7738		a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
7739	Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
7740		(but not prevent, sigh) race conditions.  This ought to
7741		be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't.  Suggested by
7742		Michael Beirne of Motorola.
7743	Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
7744		holding the queue.  Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
7745		Communications.
7746	Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
7747		when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
7748		succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case.  This avoids
7749		significant performance problems when looking for .forward
7750		files.  Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
7751	Allow symbolic ruleset names.  Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
7752		arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
7753		to assign a specific ruleset number.  Reference is
7754		$>name_or_number.  Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
7755		underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
7756	Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
7757		From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7758	Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
7759		no legal recipient header in the message.  It can take
7760		on values:
7761		  None			Leave the message as is.  The
7762					message will be passed on even
7763					though it is in technically
7764					illegal syntax.
7765		  Add-To		Add a To: header with any
7766					recipients that it can find from
7767					the envelope.  This risks exposing
7768					Bcc: recipients.
7769		  Add-Apparently-To	Add an Apparently-To: header.  This
7770					has almost no redeeming social value,
7771					and is provided only for back
7772					compatibility.
7773		  Add-To-Undisclosed	Add a header reading
7774					To: undisclosed-recipients:;
7775					which will have the effect of
7776					making the message legal without
7777					exposing Bcc: recipients.
7778		  Add-Bcc		To add an empty Bcc: header.
7779					There is a chance that mailers down
7780					the line will delete this header,
7781					which could cause exposure of Bcc:
7782					recipients.
7783		The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
7784	Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header.  This
7785		should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
7786		themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
7787		be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
7788		recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
7789	Add SafeFileEnvironment option.  If declared, files named as delivery
7790		targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
7791		checks.  Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
7792		the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
7793		environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
7794		alias or forward should include the name of this root.
7795		For example, if you run with
7796			O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
7797		then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path".  If a
7798		value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
7799		/usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
7800		queue as Qfxxxxxx).  Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
7801	Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
7802		entries.  For example, given the aliases:
7803			list: member1
7804			list: member2
7805		and an alias file declared as:
7806			OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
7807		the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
7808		without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
7809		alias for "list".  Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7810	Line-buffer transcript file.  Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
7811	Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
7812		some special circumstances.  Problem pointed out by Allan
7813		Johannesen.
7814	(Internal change.)  Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
7815		to be simpler and more consistent.
7816	Delete check for funny qf file names.  This didn't really give
7817		any extra security and caused some people some problems.
7818		(If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
7819		at compile time.)  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7820	(Internal change.)  Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
7821		merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
7822		This may affect some people who have written their own
7823		checkcompat() routine.
7824	(Internal change.)  Eliminate `D' line in qf file.  The df file
7825		is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
7826		the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
7827	Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
7828		"expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
7829		Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
7830		if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
7831	Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
7832		(specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
7833		failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
7834		command).  Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
7835		Corporation.
7836	Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
7837		Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
7838		where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
7839		the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
7840		architecture (e.g., sun4).  Any of these can be omitted,
7841		and anything after the first dot in a release number can
7842		be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4).  The previous
7843		version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
7844	Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
7845		when it is being created.  This involves adding an empty
7846		"depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
7847	Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
7848		as indicated by RFC 1413.  Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
7849		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
7850	Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
7851		on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
7852		Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
7853	Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
7854		the header.
7855	Log Authentication-Warning:s.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7856	Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
7857		to canonify addresses in headers on the fly.  This is still
7858		a rather ugly heuristic.  From Motonori Nakamura.
7859	Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
7860		records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
7861		lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
7862		qualified.  This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
7863		although it may cause other problems.  In general, don't use
7864		wildcard MX records.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
7865	Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message.  Instead of
7866		adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
7867		is added between the first and second word of the first
7868		line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
7869		host name).  This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
7870		compile flag.  Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
7871		acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
7872		old sendmails understand.
7873	Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
7874		invoked state dumps.  From Masaharu Onishi.
7875	Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
7876		introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
7877		is a space or a tab.  This is intended for native
7878		representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
7879		existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
7880		data -- for example,
7881		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
7882					(romanized/less information)
7883		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
7884					      =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
7885					(with MIME encoding, not human readable)
7886		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
7887					(native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
7888		The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
7889		Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
7890	Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
7891		messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
7892		with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
7893		421 (service shutting down).  The effect was to cause queues
7894		to sometimes take an excessive time to flush.  Reported by
7895		Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
7896		Eric Prestemon of American University.
7897	Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
7898		run.  This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
7899		increment on the background value).
7900	Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads.  They are logged
7901		at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8.  Contributed
7902		by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
7903	Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
7904		instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
7905		Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
7906	Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
7907		to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
7908		in addition to the set required by RFC 1521.  The additional
7909		characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
7910		(Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
7911	Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
7912		rather than looking for the mailer named *file*.  The mapping
7913		of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer.  This
7914		allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
7915		program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
7916		or do special security policy.  However, note that the usual
7917		initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
7918		the program in question needs to be very careful about how
7919		it does the file write to avoid security problems.
7920	Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
7921		regular users.  This is disrecommended because sendmail
7922		sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
7923		is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
7924		safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
7925		whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
7926		Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
7927	Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
7928		file.  This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
7929		service type is "files".
7930	Implement programs on F (read class from file) line.  The syntax is
7931		Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
7932		into class "c".
7933	Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
7934		host.  Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call.  Code
7935		contributed by SunSoft.
7936	Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
7937		variables into children.  "E<envar>" will propagate
7938		the named variable from the environment when sendmail
7939		was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
7940		sets the named variable to the indicated value.  Any
7941		variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
7942		environment.  However, sendmail still forces an
7943		"AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
7944		at least one environment variable, since many programs and
7945		libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
7946	Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
7947		alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
7948		"/yp/" in the file name.  This is more portable and involves
7949		less overhead.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7950	Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
7951		jobs in large queue runs.  The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
7952		is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
7953		should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
7954		which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
7955		be handled in a single queue run.  Based on code contributed
7956		by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
7957	Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
7958		message size.  Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
7959	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
7960		an X-Authentication-Warning: added.  Suggested by Mark Thomas
7961		of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
7962	Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
7963		OS-dependent defines).  The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
7964		run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
7965		and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
7966		all output files) has been moved to 52.100.  This makes
7967		things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
7968		semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
7969		it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
7970		flags.
7971	If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
7972		error message rather than just doing nothing.  Fix from
7973		Motonori Nakamura.
7974	On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
7975		included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
7976		`restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
7977		user to not be able to use `mailq'.  Fix from Charles Hannum
7978		of MIT.
7979	Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers.  Suggested by
7980		Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
7981	Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
7982		when running DNS.  For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
7983		a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
7984		the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
7985		if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
7986		This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
7987		IETF is moving toward legalizing it.  Note that turning on
7988		this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
7989		neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
7990	Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
7991		directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
7992		the make.
7993	Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
7994		to detect attacks against the qf file.  In particular,
7995		abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
7996		file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
7997	Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
7998		choices.  This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
7999		either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
8000		(to the extent that we know it) or by defining
8001		_PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override").  This allows
8002		sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
8003	Allow macros on `K' line in config file.  Suggested by Andrew Chang
8004		of Sun Microsystems.
8005	Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar.  This one
8006		is at least 50% faster.
8007	Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
8008		transient error.  Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
8009		University.
8010	Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
8011		classes.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8012	Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
8013		of dropping out entirely.  This makes testing some of the
8014		name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
8015		hung servers.  From Motonori Nakamura.
8016	Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
8017		(e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.).  Suggested by
8018		Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
8019	Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
8020		Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
8021		any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
8022		want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued.  For
8023		this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
8024		of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
8025	Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
8026		Carnegie Mellon.
8027	Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
8028		support.
8029	Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
8030		not send for past N days".  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
8031		Global Information Solutions.
8032	Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
8033		From Motonori Nakamura.
8034	Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags.  From
8035		Motonori Nakamura.
8036	Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
8037		or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
8038	Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
8039		address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
8040		site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
8041		to the final dot of the data.  Problem reported by David
8042		James of British Telecom.
8043	Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work.  Patches
8044		from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
8045	Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
8046		that list the same host twice in an MX list.  This deletion
8047		only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
8048		had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
8049		A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B.  This is intentional,
8050		just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
8051		Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
8052	SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links.  If they are,
8053		a bad guy can read your private files.
8054	PORTABILITY FIXES:
8055		Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
8056		System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
8057			University.  This expands the disk size
8058			checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
8059		System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
8060			and setrlimit(2) are both available.
8061		System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
8062			apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
8063		Linux Makefile typo.
8064		Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
8065			from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
8066		More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
8067			University, Chico.
8068		Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar:  ``On Cray, shorts,
8069			ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
8070			are multiples of 64 bits.  This means that the
8071			sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
8072			This requires adaptation of code that really
8073			deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
8074			addresses or nameserver fields.''
8075		DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>.  To
8076			get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
8077		DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
8078			variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
8079		Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
8080			This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
8081			problems.
8082		Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
8083			match all the other configuration files.  Fix
8084			from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
8085		Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c.  Fix from Alain
8086			Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
8087		Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect.  Fix from
8088			Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
8089		SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
8090			emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
8091			doesn't require reading the file.  Fix from Peter
8092			Wemm of DIALix.
8093		Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
8094			library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
8095			they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
8096			socket clears the problem.  Fix from Bob Manson
8097			of Ohio State University.
8098		Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
8099			fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
8100			University.
8101		AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf
8102			of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t
8103			Mainz.
8104		AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
8105		SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
8106			wrong statfs call).
8107		ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
8108		Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
8109			University.
8110		DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8111		IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
8112			Rochester Medical Center.
8113		Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
8114			did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
8115			their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
8116			Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
8117			Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
8118		OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
8119			<jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
8120			Division.
8121		Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
8122			<janet@dialix.oz.au>.
8123		System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
8124			Durand of I.M.A.G.
8125		HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
8126			Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
8127		Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
8128		Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
8129			Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
8130		Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
8131		ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
8132		IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
8133		ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
8134		HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
8135			of Meteo France.
8136		HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
8137		IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
8138		FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
8139		Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
8140		Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
8141		NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
8142		NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
8143		AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
8144		HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
8145		Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
8146			non-DEC resolver.  Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
8147		UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
8148			University of Brno (Czech Republic).
8149		KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
8150			of Colorado.
8151		UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
8152	MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
8153		in type ``btree'' maps.  The semantics of this are undefined
8154		for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
8155	MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
8156		lookups while the rebuild is going on.  There is a race
8157		condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
8158		on the file, but it should be quite small.
8159	SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release.  This can
8160		be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
8161		giving the local administrator more control over what
8162		programs can be run from sendmail.
8163	MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape.  It is not really
8164		part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
8165		particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
8166		never will.
8167	CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
8168		to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
8169		function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
8170	CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
8171		lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
8172		respond quickly get sent first.  This is to prevent very
8173		sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
8174		Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8175	CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
8176		of BSDI.  This has a lot of comments to help people out.
8177	CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
8178		put this on the m4 command line.  On GNU m4 (which
8179		supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
8180		arbitrary directory -- use either:
8181			m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8182		or
8183			m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8184		On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
8185		can use:
8186			m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
8187		(Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
8188		Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
8189		compatibility.
8190	CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
8191		MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
8192	CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
8193		names.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
8194	CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
8195		From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
8196		County.
8197	CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
8198	CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
8199		just unqualified ones.
8200	CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
8201		was never used and didn't work anyway.
8202	CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
8203		and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
8204	CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
8205		look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
8206		finally for "user".  This is intended for forwarding mail
8207		for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
8208		centralized hub.
8209	CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
8210	CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
8211		The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
8212		this is expected to be another sendmail.
8213	CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
8214		the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
8215		wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
8216		and this can create unreplyable addresses.  From Chip
8217		Rosenthal of Unicom.
8218	CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
8219		Received: header inserted into all messages.  Suggested by
8220		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
8221	CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
8222		to get the old behavior.  I did this upon observing
8223		that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
8224		concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
8225		some user agents anyway.  FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
8226		but it is a no-op.
8227	CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
8228		names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
8229		as User Unknown.
8230	CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
8231		and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
8232		indicated mailers.  All default to "IPC $h".  Patch from
8233		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
8234	CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
8235		on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
8236		return-path.  From Kimmo Suominen.
8237	CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
8238		as the local mailer.  For addresses of the form "user+detail"
8239		the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
8240		Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8241	CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
8242		use from mailertables.  This lets you execute arbitrary
8243		procmail scripts.  Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8244	CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
8245	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent.  From
8246		Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
8247	CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
8248		This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
8249		MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
8250		From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
8251	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
8252		list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
8253		though they were local (essentially, assume that they
8254		are included in $=w).  This can cause additional DNS
8255		traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
8256		local model.  It does not work reliably if there are
8257		multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
8258		Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
8259	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
8260		SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
8261		to programs.  If an argument is included, it is used as
8262		the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
8263		assumed.
8264	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
8265		size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
8266		respectively.  Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
8267		Information Systems Agency.
8268	CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
8269		(just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
8270		properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
8271	CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
8272		any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
8273		so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
8274		the Berkeley defaults.  Also, create some generic files
8275		that really can be used in the real world.
8276	CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
8277		messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
8278		SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
8279	CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
8280		The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
8281	CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
8282		mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
8283		As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''.  Suggested
8284		by Scott Hutton.
8285	CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support.  Code contributed
8286		by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
8287	CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
8288		performance for large alias files, and this confused many
8289		people.
8290	CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
8291		configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
8292	CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
8293		would only work when locally addressed.  Fix from
8294		Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
8295	CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
8296		"n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
8297		Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
8298	CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
8299		``error:code message''.  The ``code'' is a status code
8300		derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
8301		Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
8302	CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
8303		sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
8304		These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
8305		through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
8306		replaced by the masquerade name.  These can also be specified
8307		in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
8308	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
8309		as well as the header.  Substantial improvements to this
8310		code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
8311	CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
8312		accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups.  Contributed
8313		by Kimmo Suominen.
8314	CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
8315		used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
8316		Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
8317	CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
8318		UUCP addressing.  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
8319	NEW FILES:
8320		cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc
8321		cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
8322		cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc
8323		cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
8324		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
8325		cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
8326		cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
8327		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
8328		cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
8329		cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
8330		cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc
8331		cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
8332		cf/domain/generic.m4
8333		cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
8334		cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
8335		cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
8336		cf/feature/smrsh.m4
8337		cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
8338		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
8339		cf/m4/cfhead.m4
8340		cf/mailer/cyrus.m4
8341		cf/mailer/mail11.m4
8342		cf/mailer/phquery.m4
8343		cf/mailer/procmail.m4
8344		cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
8345		cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
8346		cf/ostype/hpux10.m4
8347		cf/ostype/irix5.m4
8348		cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4
8349		cf/ostype/ptx2.m4
8350		cf/ostype/unknown.m4
8351		contrib/bsdi.mc
8352		contrib/mailprio
8353		contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
8354		mail.local/mail.local.0
8355		makemap/makemap.0
8356		smrsh/README
8357		smrsh/smrsh.0
8358		smrsh/smrsh.8
8359		smrsh/smrsh.c
8360		src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
8361		src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
8362		src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
8363		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
8364		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
8365		src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
8366		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
8367		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
8368		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
8369		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
8370		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
8371		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
8372		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
8373		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
8374		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
8375		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
8376		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
8377		src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
8378		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
8379		src/aliases.0
8380		src/mailq.0
8381		src/mime.c
8382		src/newaliases.0
8383		src/sendmail.0
8384		test/t_seteuid.c
8385	RENAMED FILES:
8386		cf/cf/alpha.mc =>		cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
8387		cf/cf/chez.mc =>		cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
8388		cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
8389		cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
8390		cf/cf/s2k.mc =>			cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
8391		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
8392		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
8393		cf/cf/vangogh.mc =>		cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
8394		cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 =>	cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
8395		cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 =>	cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8396		cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 =>	cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8397		cf/domain/s2k.m4 =>		cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8398		cf/ostype/hpux.m4 =>		cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
8399		cf/ostype/irix.m4 =>		cf/ostype/irix4.m4
8400		cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 =>	cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
8401		src/Makefile.* =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
8402		src/Makefile.AUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
8403		src/Makefile.BSDI =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
8404		src/Makefile.DGUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
8405		src/Makefile.RISCos =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
8406		src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 =>	src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
8407	OBSOLETED FILES:
8408		cf/cf/cogsci.mc
8409		cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc
8410		cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc
8411		cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
8412		cf/cf/knecht.mc
8413		cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
8414		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
8415		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
8416		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8417		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8418		cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
8419		contrib/rcpt-streaming
8420		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
8421
84228.6.13/8.6.12	1996/01/25
8423	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
8424		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
8425		any user (except root).
8426	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
8427		version number is unchanged.
8428
84298.6.12/8.6.12	1995/03/28
8430	Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
8431		too small, so nothing was ever accepted).  Fix from several
8432		people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
8433		Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
8434		Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
8435		each other!).
8436	Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
8437		file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
8438		than fork().
8439
84408.6.11/8.6.11	1995/03/08
8441	The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
8442		than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
8443	The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
8444		message when attempted from IDENT.
8445	In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
8446		reporting the ``possible attack'' message.  This can
8447		cause denial of service attacks.  Truncate the message
8448		to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
8449	When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
8450		read from the network to ensure that you don't get
8451		partial lines.
8452	Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
8453		shell) wouldn't match as "ok".  Problem noted by
8454		Rob McMahon.
8455	When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
8456		_res.options field is initialized differently than it
8457		was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
8458		res_init before it tweaks any bits.
8459	Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
8460		and the stdio mode passed to fdopen.  This caused UnixWare
8461		2.0 to have conniptions.  Fix from Martin Sohnius of
8462		Novell Labs Europe.
8463	Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
8464		using GNU's ld command.  Fix from John Kennedy of
8465		Cal State Chico.
8466	It was possible to turn off privacy flags.  Problem noted by
8467		*Hobbit*.
8468	Be more paranoid about writing files.  Suggestions by *Hobbit*
8469		and Liudvikas Bukys.
8470	MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
8471		from Spider Boardman.
8472	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
8473		with the binaries).
8474
84758.6.10/8.6.10	1995/02/10
8476	SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
8477		could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
8478	Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
8479		Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
8480		bogus information.  Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
8481		of the Free Software Foundation.  Has some security
8482		implications.
8483	Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
8484		the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
8485		because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
8486		In some cases this could cause core dumps.
8487	Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
8488		message is quite long.  From Fletcher Mattox of the
8489		University of Texas.
8490	Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
8491		messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
8492		From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
8493		Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
8494	Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
8495		set and e->e_message was null.  Fix from Bruce Nagel of
8496		Data General.
8497	Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
8498		after "hop count exceeded" messages.  Fix from Andrew
8499		Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
8500	Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
8501		user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
8502		with a lot of arguments).
8503	Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
8504		is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
8505		Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
8506		Michigan.
8507	Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
8508		off.  Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
8509		Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
8510		Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
8511		Thibault.
8512	Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
8513		some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
8514		causing it to do unexpected things.  This also simplifies
8515		some of the map code.
8516	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
8517		with the binaries).
8518
85198.6.9/8.6.9	1994/04/19
8520	Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
8521		This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
8522		may have some security implications.
8523	Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
8524		since that fails on some systems.  Reported by Ed
8525		Hill of the University of Iowa.
8526	Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message).  Reported
8527		by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
8528	Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
8529		is trying to open is optional.  From Win Bent of USC.
8530	Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
8531	Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
8532		Colorado.  Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
8533		option.
8534	Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
8535		is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
8536		sendmail -bs from inetd.  Based on code contributed by
8537		Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
8538		of Dakota State University).  This also fixes a related
8539		problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
8540		Rochester.
8541	Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
8542		variant versions can use them easily.  Suggested by
8543		Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
8544	SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
8545		spaces between parameters instead of one.  Reported by
8546		Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
8547	Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
8548		using global timeouts around the collect() loop.  This
8549		code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
8550	If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
8551		without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
8552		and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
8553		the canonical name.  This should make life easier for
8554		Solaris systems.  If it still can't be resolved, and
8555		if the name server is listed as "required", try again
8556		in 30 seconds.  If that also fails, exit immediately to
8557		avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
8558		messages.
8559	Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
8560		message to explain how much space was available and
8561		sound a bit less threatening.  Suggested by Stan Janet
8562		of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
8563	If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
8564		requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
8565		Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
8566		This prevents a certain class of denial of service
8567		attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
8568		moves things more towards what will probably become a
8569		network standard.  Suggested by Christopher Davis of
8570		Kapor Enterprises.
8571	Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
8572		without recompiling.
8573	Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
8574		if there are errors during parsing.  This change is
8575		purely cosmetic.
8576	Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
8577		SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
8578		confused by this.  Of course, I think it's their bug....
8579	Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
8580		lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
8581		if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
8582		and drops core for debugging.  This is an attempt to
8583		track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
8584		If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
8585		sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
8586	Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
8587		with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line.  From Christophe
8588		Wolfhugel.
8589	Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
8590		SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
8591		the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
8592		This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
8593		refused" response, and that the connection can be
8594		recovered later.  In particular, some socket emulations
8595		seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
8596		size around and can never start listening to connections
8597		again.  The down side is that someone could start up
8598		another daemon process in the interim, so you could
8599		have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
8600		this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
8601		incorrect.  A better approach might be to accept the
8602		connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
8603		other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
8604		implications.
8605	Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
8606		set debugging on the wrong socket.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8607	When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
8608		existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
8609		and the like could result in extra data being sent.
8610	DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
8611		doc directory.  This includes some additional
8612		information.
8613	CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
8614		of recipient envelope addresses.  This should have been
8615		handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
8616		mixing domainized and UUCP addresses.  They should
8617		probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
8618		instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
8619		loop the mail, which was bad news.
8620	Portability fixes:
8621		Newer BSDI systems (several people).
8622		Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
8623		Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
8624		UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
8625		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
8626		Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
8627			Newcastle upon Tyne.
8628		IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
8629			Corporation.
8630		NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
8631		SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
8632			Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
8633		HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
8634	New Files:
8635		src/Makefile.CLIX
8636		src/Makefile.NCR3000
8637		doc/changes/Makefile
8638		doc/changes/changes.me
8639		doc/changes/changes.ps
8640
86418.6.8/8.6.6	1994/03/21
8642	SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
8643		E (error message) option.  Reported by Richard Jones;
8644		fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
8645
86468.6.7/8.6.6	1994/03/14
8647	SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
8648		values to the -d flag.  Thanks to Alain Durand of
8649		INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
8650		list.
8651
86528.6.6/8.6.6	1994/03/13
8653	SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
8654		systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
8655		of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
8656		Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
8657		valid shell.
8658	IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
8659		in the connection cache for a long time under some
8660		circumstances.  This could result in resource exhaustion,
8661		both at your end and at the other end.  This checks the
8662		connections for timeouts much more frequently.  From
8663		Doug Anderson of NCSC.
8664	Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
8665		the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
8666		from a local user to another local user.  From
8667		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
8668	Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
8669		for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/".  From
8670		Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8671	Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
8672		instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
8673		tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
8674		SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
8675		for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
8676		syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
8677		and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
8678		statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
8679		<sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
8680	Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
8681		there was no "/locations/sendmail" property.  From
8682		David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
8683	Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
8684		to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
8685		BSD-like system.
8686	Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
8687		protocol entirely.
8688	Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
8689		mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
8690		7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
8691		that it supports 8BITMIME.  You still have to specify
8692		mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
8693	Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
8694	Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
8695		to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
8696		files.
8697	Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
8698		file if it was on a read-only file system.  From
8699		Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
8700	Improve MX randomization function.  From John Gardiner Myers
8701		of CMU.
8702	Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
8703		%s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
8704		when a bad queue file was read.  From Harry Edmon.
8705	Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail.  I'm not
8706		sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
8707		about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
8708		"localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
8709	Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
8710		headers.  This causes a leading space to be added onto
8711		continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
8712		tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
8713		etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths.  Problem
8714		Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
8715	Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
8716		security implications.  Suggested by several people.
8717	Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
8718		log the numeric address as zero.  This is a somewhat
8719		bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
8720		call, but it should be an inexpensive one.  Fix from
8721		Motonori Nakamura.
8722	Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
8723		were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
8724		to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
8725	Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
8726		per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
8727		descriptors.  This was in response to a problem reported
8728		by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
8729	Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
8730		this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
8731		is not lost.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8732	Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
8733		has a naked $ at the end.  Problem noted by James Matheson
8734		<jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
8735	Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
8736		action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
8737		501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
8738		avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
8739	Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
8740		lookup.  This prevents it from ending up with two dots
8741		on the end of dot terminated names.  From Wesley Craig
8742		of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8743	Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
8744		more informative.  It hadn't been using setclass, so you
8745		didn't see the class items being added.
8746	Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
8747		NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
8748		NIS is not running.  Fix from John Oleynick of
8749		Rutgers.
8750	Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
8751		but sets h_errno to a success value.
8752	Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
8753		enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
8754		address specified in the P option).  This fix should
8755		help problems that cause the df file to be left around
8756		sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
8757		the problem myself.
8758	Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
8759		only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
8760		and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
8761		Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
8762	Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
8763		SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
8764		after 25 bad commands are issued.  From Kyle Jones of
8765		UUNET.
8766	Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
8767		fmtmsg overflows the message buffer.  Fixed by trimming
8768		the to address to 203 characters.  Problem reported by
8769		John Oleynick.
8770	Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
8771		a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef.  Pointed out by
8772		George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
8773	Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
8774		lists to be incorrect in some places.  From Motonori
8775		Nakamura.
8776	Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
8777		envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
8778		name server failure.  Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
8779		University of Washington.
8780	Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
8781		don't have an ``=value'' part.
8782	CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
8783		re-queued the message.  Changed to just re-queue the
8784		message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
8785		of the weird way the name server works in the presence
8786		of CNAME loops).  Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
8787		of Cambridge University.
8788	Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
8789		if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
8790		user name.  Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
8791	Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
8792		override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
8793		turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
8794	If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
8795		try it without the trailing dot.  This is because if
8796		you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
8797		to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
8798		perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
8799		be dot terminated in the hosts file.  You don't want to
8800		strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
8801		that country names that match one of your subdomains get
8802		a chance.
8803	PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
8804		From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
8805	CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
8806		This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
8807		address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
8808		IP address), but the code was broken.  However, it will
8809		still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
8810		get client configurations to work (sigh).  Note that this
8811		means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
8812		database!  Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
8813	CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location.  From
8814		Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
8815	CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
8816	CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
8817		and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
8818		size for various mailers.
8819	CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
8820		instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
8821		with other mailers.  From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
8822	CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
8823		qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
8824		instead of user@$j.  From Bill Wisner of The Well.
8825	CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
8826	CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
8827		mailer for IRIX.  This was different than most every other
8828		system.
8829	CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
8830		envelope.  Noted by Thierry Besancon
8831		<besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
8832	CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
8833		don't want it set by default.  Pointed out by Philippe
8834		Michel of Thomson CSF.
8835	CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
8836		host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
8837		".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
8838		instead of "foo.bar".  Also, allow "." in the mailertable
8839		to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
8840		This also moves matching of explicit local host names
8841		before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
8842		cased in the mailertable data.  Reported by Bill
8843		Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
8844		problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
8845		University of Sydney.
8846	CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
8847		locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
8848		This is because of the known bug where definition of
8849		both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
8850		both and deliver into the local mailbox.
8851	CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
8852		are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
8853		reported as ineffective before.  This also frees up
8854		diversion 8 for future use.  Problem reported by Kimmo
8855		Suominen.
8856	CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
8857		into host names.  As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
8858		these are often used because either the forward or reverse
8859		mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
8860	DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide.  From Kimmo
8861		Suominen.
8862	Portability fixes:
8863		Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
8864		DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
8865		GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
8866		Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
8867		NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
8868		BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8869		Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
8870		DGUX from Doug Anderson.
8871		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
8872	NEW FILES:
8873		src/Makefile.DomainOS
8874		src/Makefile.PTX
8875		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
8876		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
8877		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
8878		src/mailq.1
8879		cf/ostype/domainos.m4
8880		doc/op/Makefile
8881		doc/intro/Makefile
8882		doc/usenix/Makefile
8883
88848.6.5/8.6.5	1994/01/13
8885	Security fix:  /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
8886		to allow root to own any file was backwards).  From
8887		Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
8888	Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
8889		were invoked.  This caused programs to have group
8890		permissions they should not have had (usually group
8891		daemon instead of their own group).  In particular,
8892		Perl scripts would refuse to run.
8893	Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
8894		symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
8895		Although this does not respond to a specific known
8896		attack, it's just a good idea.  Suggested by
8897		Christian Wettergren.
8898	Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
8899		a system with a restricted shell listed in their
8900		/etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
8901		program by putting that in their .forward file.
8902		This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
8903		appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
8904		execute a program or write a file.  You can disable
8905		this by putting "*" in /etc/shells.  It also won't
8906		permit world-writable :include: files to reference
8907		programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
8908		These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
8909		example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
8910		file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
8911		the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
8912	Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
8913		looking into subdirectories.  This would potentially
8914		allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
8915		readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
8916	Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
8917		connection to create problems on the current job.
8918		These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
8919		the wrong place.
8920	Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
8921		runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
8922		problem that ignored the load average in locally
8923		generated mail.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8924	Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS.  From
8925		John Orthoefer of BB&N.
8926	Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
8927		too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
8928		NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
8929	Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
8930		when sending error messages.  This resulted in
8931		"unexpected close" messages.  It should fix itself
8932		on the following queue run.  Problem noted by
8933		Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
8934	Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
8935		This seems odd, but it was documented....  From
8936		Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
8937	Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
8938		forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
8939		(actually DefUid).  From Tim Irvin.
8940	Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
8941		of the Chalmers University of Technology.
8942	Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
8943		code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
8944		even though there was a real problem.  Now it assumes
8945		EX_UNAVAILABLE.
8946	Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
8947		no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
8948		"." to be discarded.  Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
8949	Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
8950		to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
8951		a core dump.  From der Mouse at McGill University.
8952	Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
8953		this makes it easier to turn it off (using
8954		-DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile).  From der Mouse.
8955	Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
8956		gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
8957		to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
8958		SunOS.  If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
8959		transfers to slave servers.  Bug noted by Keith
8960		McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
8961	Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
8962		(> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
8963		to be trashed.  Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
8964		Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
8965	Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
8966		defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
8967		file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
8968		dot convention.
8969	Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
8970		of from a clean exit.
8971	If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
8972		"host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
8973		might still be found in /etc/hosts.
8974	Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
8975		as the subject of an error message, even though the
8976		actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
8977		Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
8978	Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking.  From Kyle
8979		Jones of UUNET.
8980	Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
8981		versions of syslog(3).  This adds a new compile time
8982		variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE.  From Jay Plett of Princeton
8983		University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
8984	Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
8985		it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
8986		says that they should be ignored.
8987	Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
8988		debugging).  This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
8989		(with the null input), and logs the result.  This
8990		should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
8991		is not reentrant.
8992	Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
8993		documented in the Bat Book.
8994	If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
8995		return an error message and did not requeue the message.
8996		Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
8997		Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
8998	Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
8999		code during some parts of connection initialization.
9000		I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
9001		the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
9002		any case.  From Amir Plivatsky.
9003	Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
9004		Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9005	Full-Name: field was being ignored.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura
9006		of Kyoto University.
9007	Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
9008		From P{r Emanuelsson.
9009	Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
9010		Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
9011	Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls.  Suggested by
9012		Bryan Costales.
9013	Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
9014		needed for parsing.  Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
9015	Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
9016		(e.g., if all RCPTs failed).  Suggested by Motonori
9017		Nakamura.
9018	Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
9019		address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
9020		illegal addresses appearing there).
9021	Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
9022		BB&N.
9023	Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
9024		included.
9025	Remember to set $i during queue runs.  Reported by Stephen
9026		Campbell of Dartmouth University.
9027	If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
9028		canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
9029		translations so that headers are properly mapped.  Reported
9030		by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
9031	Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
9032		using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
9033	Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
9034		by the other end closing the connection.  From
9035		Dave Morrison of Oracle.
9036	Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
9037		to include a host name or other useful information.
9038	Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems.  From Vince
9039		DeMarco.
9040	Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
9041		NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
9042		forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
9043		the message for retry.  Noted by William C Fenner of
9044		the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
9045	Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
9046		had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
9047	Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
9048		them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
9049		this properly).
9050	Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
9051		``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
9052		null macro.  Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
9053	Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
9054		not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
9055		to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
9056		it was not.  The effect of the problem was to make it
9057		very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
9058		local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
9059		corporate hub.  Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
9060		University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
9061	Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
9062		addresses.  This is more efficient (fewer name server
9063		calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
9064		as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
9065		non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
9066		something else.  Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
9067		of the Institute for Global Communications.
9068	Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
9069		new arguments.  For example, if you used ``sendmail
9070		-C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
9071		the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
9072	Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
9073		mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
9074	Portability fixes for:
9075		SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
9076		SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
9077		System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
9078		OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
9079		DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
9080			of Stoner Associates.
9081		Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
9082		Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
9083			of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
9084			of Maryland.
9085		FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
9086		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9087		TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
9088		Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
9089		Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
9090		RISC/os.
9091		Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
9092			at Chico.
9093		Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
9094		NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
9095		HP-UX from various people.  NOTA BENE:  the location
9096			of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
9097			to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
9098	CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
9099		since this is intended only for internal use, the
9100		usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed.  The
9101		main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
9102		addresses when relaying internally.
9103	CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
9104		syntax addresses delivered via UUCP.  Solution
9105		provided by Peter Wemm.
9106	CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
9107		zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses.  From
9108		Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
9109	CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
9110		from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
9111	CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
9112		this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
9113		that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
9114		names.
9115	CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
9116		rather than letting them get "local configuration
9117		error"s.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
9118	CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
9119		by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
9120		has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax.  This
9121		also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
9122		"uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
9123	CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
9124		<kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
9125	CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
9126	CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
9127		``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
9128		was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
9129		added to the address.  Problem noted by Peter Wan
9130		of Georgia Tech.
9131	CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w.  From
9132		Jim Murray of Stratus.
9133	CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
9134		mailer flag.  Briefly, if you are sending to host
9135		"foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
9136		"foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
9137		the local name prepended.
9138	CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
9139	DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
9140	MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
9141		which lack newline.  From Mark Delany.
9142	MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
9143		in and out of the system).  From Tom Ferrin of UC
9144		San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
9145	SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
9146		On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
9147			/usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
9148		Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
9149			:include: files and accounts that have shells
9150			that are not listed in /etc/shells.  This may
9151			cause some .forward files that have worked
9152			before to start failing.
9153		SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
9154	NEW FILES:
9155		src/Makefile.DGUX
9156		src/Makefile.Dynix
9157		src/Makefile.FreeBSD
9158		src/Makefile.Mach386
9159		src/Makefile.NetBSD
9160		src/Makefile.RISCos
9161		src/Makefile.SCO
9162		src/Makefile.SVR4
9163		src/Makefile.Titan
9164		cf/mailer/pop.m4
9165		cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
9166		cf/ostype/dgux.m4
9167		cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
9168		cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
9169		makemap/Makefile.dist
9170		praliases/Makefile.dist
9171
91728.6.4/8.6.4	1993/10/31
9173	Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
9174		if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
9175		savemail.  Problem reported by Richard Liu.
9176	Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP.  This
9177		makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
9178		class of attack.
9179	Reliability Fix:  check return value from fclose() and fsync()
9180		in a few critical places.
9181	Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
9182		redirecting the output channel on queue runs.  It's
9183		not clear this code even does anything.  From Eric
9184		Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
9185		and High-Energy Physics.
9186	Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
9187		such as double-reading the Errors-To: header.  From
9188		Eric Wassenaar.
9189	Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
9190		data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
9191		fix causes them to be properly reported.  From Eric
9192		Wassenaar.
9193	Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
9194		really become relevant in the next release, but some
9195		people need it for local patches.  From Michael
9196		Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9197	Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
9198		for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
9199		these can have different values depending on which
9200		envelope they are in.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9201	Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
9202		what uid/gid processes ran as.
9203	Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
9204		the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
9205		this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
9206		postmaster" case.
9207	Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
9208	Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
9209		file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
9210	CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
9211		addresses (so that it matches local again).  From
9212		Christopher Davis.
9213	CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
9214		this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
9215		``From   Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''.  From Motonori
9216		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9217	CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly.  This isn't legal, but
9218		it shouldn't fail miserably.  From Motonori Nakamura.
9219
92208.6.2/8.6.2	1993/10/15
9221	Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
9222		addresses that get return-receipts.
9223	Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
9224		messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
9225		and end up sending the message several times.
9226	Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
9227		message.  Currently, it just says "cannot send for
9228		four hours".
9229	Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
9230		returntosender messages.  It was previously listed as
9231		the current time.  Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
9232		Cornell University Medical College.
9233	If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
9234		don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
9235		in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
9236		hang up under some bizarre circumstances.  From Eric
9237		Wassenaar.
9238	Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
9239		connections fail during message collection.  From
9240		Eric Wassenaar.
9241	Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
9242		name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
9243		the DATA command.  Problem reported by Jim Murray of
9244		Stratus.
9245	Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
9246		incorrectly resolves to a null hostname.  Reported by
9247		Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9248	Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
9249		by non-root users were not put into
9250		X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
9251		config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet.  Fix
9252		from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
9253	Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
9254		could get confused as to whether a database was
9255		open or not.
9256	Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
9257		intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
9258		configuration syntax.  (This is a "new feature",
9259		but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
9260		that this is a highly exceptional case.)
9261	Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
9262		SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
9263		(from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
9264	CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
9265
92668.6.1/8.6	1993/10/08
9267	Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
9268	Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
9269		causing an error during parsing, that message was never
9270		propagated to the queue file.
9271
92728.6/8.6		1993/10/05
9273	Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
9274		conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
9275	If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
9276		getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
9277		large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
9278		header files but don't have the syscall.
9279	Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
9280		if trymx == FALSE.
9281	Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
9282		delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
9283		in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
9284		line).  Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9285	Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
9286		is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9287	Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
9288		Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
9289		(from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
9290		NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
9291		Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
9292		Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
9293		Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
9294	Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs.  From Takahiro
9295		Kanbe.
9296	Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
9297		name already exists.  Problem stumbled over by Bill
9298		Wisner of The Well.
9299	Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
9300		Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
9301	Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
9302		:include: files.  This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
9303		slightly more.  This includes proper setting of groups
9304		when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
9305		files that you should be able to read but have previously
9306		been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
9307		read permission.
9308	Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
9309		if the user is forced to override some silly system,
9310		MX suppression will still work.
9311	Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
9312		calling expensive routines.  In at least one case, it
9313		wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
9314		same result.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9315	Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
9316		condition from a non-SMTP mailer.  From Motonori
9317		Nakamura.
9318	Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
9319		"CX $Z" works.
9320	Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
9321		trying to send the original message if the connection
9322		is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
9323		on an RCPT command (pretty obscure).  Problem reported
9324		by John Myers of CMU.
9325	Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
9326		term bug.
9327	Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
9328		cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
9329		it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
9330		only on some architectures.  Although sendmail would
9331		keep trying, it would send error messages on each
9332		queue interval.  This is an important fix.
9333	Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
9334	Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
9335		ruleset testing a bit easier.
9336	Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
9337		line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
9338		level.
9339	Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
9340		the command line.  This is only done if there is exactly
9341		one recipient.  Technically, this does not meet the
9342		specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
9343		address.
9344	Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
9345		you used the -t flag.  Problem noted by Josh Smith of
9346		Harvey Mudd College.
9347	Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
9348		``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''.  This is to
9349		avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
9350		their full name information.
9351	Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
9352		an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
9353		defined in the config file H lines.  From J.R. Oldroyd.
9354	Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
9355		wrong when compiling.  Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
9356	Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
9357		df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
9358		give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
9359		Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9360	Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
9361		protocol timeouts (30s default).  Requested by Murray
9362		Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
9363		PC TCP/IP implementations.
9364	Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
9365		the domain name on config level 5.  The $j macro defaults
9366		to the FQDN; $m remains as before.  This lets well-behaved
9367		config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
9368		names.
9369	Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
9370		builds.  I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
9371		helpful.
9372	Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
9373		get a queue file for an already completed job.  This
9374		problem has existed for years.  Problem noted by the
9375		long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9376	Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
9377		udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
9378		it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
9379	Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
9380		that claims to be itself works properly.
9381	Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
9382		buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
9383		it right.  Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
9384		recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
9385	Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
9386		resolve /file/name style addresses.  Fix from Jonathan
9387		Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9388	Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
9389		be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
9390		queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
9391		would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
9392		scratch.
9393	Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
9394		true address to still send to the original address
9395		if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
9396		ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
9397		Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
9398	Remove support for frozen configuration files.  They caused
9399		more trouble than it was worth.
9400	Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
9401		using both -odb and -t flags.  Problem noted by Rob
9402		McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
9403	Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w.  For example,
9404		if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
9405		contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
9406	Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
9407		the queue.
9408	Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
9409		messages don't come out with stale information.
9410	Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
9411		will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
9412	Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
9413		for MAXIPADDR in conf.h.  Suggested by John Gardiner
9414		Myers of CMU.
9415	Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
9416		an SMTP RSET command.  Problem and fix from Michael
9417		Corrigan.
9418	Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
9419		negative.  Error reports still go to the envelope
9420		sender address.
9421	Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
9422	Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
9423	Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
9424		set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
9425		run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
9426		(although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
9427		so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
9428		that does bulk data transfer).
9429	Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups.  Problem reported by
9430		Amir Plivatsky.
9431	Diagnose crufty S and V config lines.  This resulted from an
9432		observation that some people were using the SITE macro
9433		without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
9434		bogus config files that were not caught.
9435	Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
9436		on instead).  THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
9437	Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
9438		you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
9439		locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
9440	Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
9441		:include:s don't use the wrong uid.
9442	If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
9443		called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
9444		This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
9445		alias file.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
9446	Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
9447		if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
9448	Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
9449		opened or if running with no database format defined.
9450	Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
9451		is set.  Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9452	Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
9453		mailers) to be ignored in SMTP.  Problem noted and the
9454		solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
9455		Melbourne.
9456	Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
9457		hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
9458		returns the real name.  This allows mailertable entries
9459		to match regular entries.
9460	Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
9461		feature, even if it doesn't work right.
9462	Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
9463		This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
9464	Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
9465		for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
9466		Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
9467	Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
9468		error message so that the "subject" line of return
9469		messages is the best possible.
9470	CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
9471		parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
9472		define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
9473	CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
9474		connections (domain-ized UUCP).
9475	CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
9476		name).  Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9477	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
9478		DNS.  This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
9479	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
9480	CONFIG: log $u in Received: line.  This is in technical violation
9481		of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
9482		on the address.
9483	CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
9484		if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
9485		the "m" flag should you want it.  Apparently some Solaris 2.2
9486		installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
9487		Problem noted by Josh Smith.
9488	CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
9489	CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
9490	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
9491		forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
9492		addresses in any detail.
9493	CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
9494		used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
9495	CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
9496		with an address such as "!foo".
9497	CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
9498		the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken.  There's a better
9499		way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
9500		want to hold it for another release.  Problem noted by
9501		Bret Marquis.
9502
95038.5/8.5		1993/07/23
9504	Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
9505		sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
9506		everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
9507		would do the return itself).  Problem noted by Josh Smith.
9508	Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
9509		even during a T_ANY query.  This actually didn't break
9510		anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
9511		with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
9512		records, but it is somewhat cleaner.  From Motonori
9513		Nakamura.
9514	Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
9515		are no DNS records matching the name.
9516	Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
9517		original message was received ... from localhost".
9518		The correct original host information is now included.
9519	Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
9520		version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag).  Change it
9521		to use -f instead.  From John Myers.
9522	CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
9523		esmtp -- it should be smtp.
9524	CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
9525		to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
9526		else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
9527		this cleans up the configs somewhat.  This fixes a serious
9528		problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
9529		pointed out by John Myers.  WARNING: this also causes
9530		the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
9531		"relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
9532
95338.4/8.4		1993/07/22
9534	Add option `w'.  If you receive a message that comes to you because
9535		you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
9536		you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
9537		your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
9538		host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all).  If
9539		`w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
9540		Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
9541		"message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
9542		are really configuration errors.  This option is
9543		disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
9544		UIUC sendmail.
9545	Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
9546		when sendmail forks after the DATA command.  This caused
9547		calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
9548		entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
9549		potentially prodigious amount of time.  Problem noted
9550		by Neil Rickert.
9551	Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
9552		addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
9553		suppress the sending of the message.  This changes
9554		handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
9555		EF_GLOBALERRS flag.  This also fixes a potential problem
9556		with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
9557		in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
9558		in processing.  Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
9559		of Harvey Mudd College.  This release includes quite a bit
9560		of dickering with error handling (see below).
9561	Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error.  This
9562		will only hurt already-broken software and should help
9563		humans.
9564	Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
9565		compiled in.  It would never read the alias file.
9566	Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
9567		repaired).
9568	Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
9569		log this even when the queue file still existed.  Change
9570		this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
9571		queue file is actually removed.  From John Myers.
9572	Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
9573		is no pending transaction.  Some senders just close the
9574		connection rather than sending QUIT.
9575	Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
9576		domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
9577		the subsequent host name lookup to fail.  The problem
9578		only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
9579		Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
9580	Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
9581		unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
9582		core dumps on some machines.
9583	Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
9584		Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
9585		then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
9586		(confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
9587		returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
9588		whether you were running VERBose mode.  Now it usually
9589		diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
9590		Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
9591		some true error conditions.
9592	Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
9593		These are not reported only to Postmaster.  Unbalanced
9594		parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
9595		They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
9596	Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
9597		failed and the alias they arose from.  This makes it
9598		somewhat easier to diagnose problems.  Difficulty noted
9599		by Motonori Nakamura.
9600	Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
9601		that shouldn't have had one during a queue run.  This
9602		caused error messages to be handled differently during
9603		a queue run than a direct run.
9604	Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
9605		the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
9606		just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
9607	Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
9608		auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
9609		Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
9610		daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
9611		restart it.
9612	Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
9613		IDENT daemon to screw up.  This required that I change
9614		HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
9615		changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
9616		to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
9617		as well as the effective.  The program test/t_setreuid.c
9618		will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
9619		is appropriately functional.
9620	The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
9621		fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
9622		but it wasn't being enabled.  Problem noted by Murray
9623		Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
9624	Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
9625		code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
9626		with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
9627		confusing.  Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
9628		Technologies.
9629	Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
9630		process group id.  The original fix was to get around
9631		some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
9632		any call from a shell that creates a process group id
9633		different from the process id.  I could try to fix
9634		this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
9635		equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
9636		things.
9637	Portability changes:
9638		Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
9639			DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
9640			instead of using standard flags.  Oh joy.  This
9641			behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
9642			of Colorado.
9643		SGI IRIX  -- this includes several changes that should
9644			help other strict ANSI compilers.
9645		SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
9646			Corporation.
9647		Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
9648			documentation apparently doesn't define
9649			__STDC__ by default).
9650		ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
9651		Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
9652			Motonori Nakamura.
9653	CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
9654	CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
9655		several people have made a good argument that this
9656		creates more problems than it solves (although this
9657		may prove painful in the short run).
9658	CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
9659		format.
9660	CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
9661		98 (8 on old sendmail).  Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
9662		addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
9663	CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
9664		internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
9665		ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
9666		the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
9667		These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
9668	CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
9669		ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
9670		ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_').  Problem found by Rein Tollevik
9671		of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
9672	CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
9673		early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
9674		things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
9675		Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
9676	CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
9677		esmtp) to send SMTP mail.  This allows you to default
9678		to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
9679		deal with broken servers.  This logic was pointed out
9680		to me by Bill Wisner.  Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
9681	Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
9682		environments.  Ugly as sin.
9683
96848.3/8.3		1993/07/13
9685	Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
9686		like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
9687		or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied".  This
9688		involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
9689		the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
9690		that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
9691		some systems badly.  This includes some fixes for
9692		HP-UX.  Also fixes problems where the real uid is
9693		not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
9694	Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
9695		addresses that timed out.  Error messages are also more
9696		"user friendly".
9697	Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
9698		16 bytes/sec.
9699	Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
9700		compatibility library.  This also adds a new
9701		"HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
9702		you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
9703		These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
9704		University of Oregon.  This now seems to work, at least
9705		for quick test cases.
9706	Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
9707		sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
9708		and at least one of those addresses is good and points
9709		to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
9710	Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
9711		returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
9712		the "to" address).  Problem noted by John Myers.
9713	Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
9714		on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case.  This
9715		isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
9716		From Michael Corrigan.
9717	CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
9718		messages sent through UUCP-family mailers.  Suggested
9719		by Bill Wisner of The Well.
9720	CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
9721		include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
9722		addressing.  Suggested by Bill Wisner.
9723	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
9724		LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS.  Suggested by
9725		Christophe Wolfhugel.
9726	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3).  From Christophe Wolfhugel.
9727
97288.2/8.2		1993/07/11
9729	Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
9730	On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
9731		header) for back compatibility.  NOTE:  this DOES NOT
9732		imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
9733	Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1.  Why, why, why???
9734	Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
9735		SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
9736		logging it in the transcript can be confusing.  Fix
9737		from Bill Wisner.
9738	IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
9739		<drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
9740	Solaris 2 compatibility changes.  Provided by Bob Cunningham
9741		<bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
9742		<juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
9743	Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
9744		move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
9745		match the other flags in that file.
9746	Flush transcript before fork in mailfile().  From Eric Wassenaar.
9747	Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
9748		Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
9749	Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
9750		failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
9751		reference in very weird cases.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9752	Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
9753		forks.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9754	Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
9755		Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
9756		re-using old value).  From Motonori Nakamura.
9757	Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
9758		was specified, it would still replace the key with the
9759		value.  Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
9760	If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
9761		message would ever be sent back.  The timeout code
9762		has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
9763		so that all such failures should be diagnosed.  Pointed
9764		out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
9765	Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
9766		forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
9767		user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
9768		when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
9769		have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
9770		the root and directories leading up to your home);
9771		include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
9772		be owned by you.
9773	If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
9774		reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
9775		on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
9776		the user's home directory isn't x'able.
9777	Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
9778	Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
9779	Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
9780		get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second.  Note that
9781		this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
9782		is separate; this is just intended to work around
9783		network clogs that will occur before the final dot
9784		is sent.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9785	Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
9786		it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
9787		matching without a null it never tries again with a
9788		null and vice versa.  If -N is specified, it never
9789		tries without the null and creates new maps with a
9790		null byte.  If -O is specified, it never tries with
9791		the null (for efficiency).  If -N and -O are specified,
9792		you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
9793		be a bad idea.  If you don't specify either -N or -O,
9794		it adapts.
9795	Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
9796		will insert the appropriate full name information;
9797		this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
9798		way.
9799	Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
9800		log.  For example, if you lost a connection, don't
9801		bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
9802	Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
9803		why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
9804		one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
9805		only happen when there has been another error in the
9806		same transaction.  This requires XDEBUG, defined
9807		by default in conf.h.
9808	Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
9809		all SMTP transactions.  This is intended ONLY for
9810		debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
9811		it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
9812		and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
9813		This output is not intended to be particularly human
9814		readable.  This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
9815		flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
9816	CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer.  If you
9817		have a local net that should get direct connects, you
9818		will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
9819		See cf/README for an example.
9820	CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
9821		sites that don't use the -d flag.
9822	CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
9823		behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
9824		has been requested by several people, but can break
9825		local aliases.  For example, if you mail to "localalias"
9826		this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
9827		although initial delivery will work, replies will be
9828		broken.  Use it sparingly.
9829	CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable).  This maps unqualified domains
9830		to qualified domains in headers.  I believe this is
9831		largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
9832	CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k.  This permits you
9833		to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
9834		in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names.  From
9835		Bill Wisner of The Well.
9836	CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
9837		first.  This is currently unused in the config files,
9838		but could be used in a mailertable entry.
9839
98408.1C/8.1B	1993/06/27
9841	Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
9842		the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
9843	If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
9844		immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
9845		This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
9846	CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
9847
98488.1B/8.1A	1993/06/12
9849	Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
9850		two tokens in classes instead of one.  Found by Claus
9851		Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
9852
98538.1A/8.1A	1993/06/08
9854	Another mailertable fix....
9855
98568.1/8.1		1993/06/07
9857	4.4BSD freeze.  No semantic changes.
9858